Search Images Maps Play YouTube News Gmail Drive More »
Sign in
Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Patents

  1. Advanced Patent Search
Publication numberCN1008962 B
Publication typeApplication
Application numberCN 86100949
Publication date25 Jul 1990
Filing date13 Feb 1986
Priority date20 Mar 1985
Also published asCA1250673A, CA1250673A1, CN86100949A, DE3609395A1, DE3609395C2, DE3609395C3, DE3645360C2, DE3645383B4, DE3645394B4, US4675863, US4817089, US4817089, US4912705, US5022024, US5022024, US5119375, US5121391, US5657358, US5687194, US5734678, US6014374, US6282180, US6393002, US6771667, US6842440, US6954470, US20020021679, US20030067895, US20030142646, US20030185167, US20050018636, US20050025094, US20050025097, US20050025101
Publication number86100949.5, CN 1008962 B, CN 1008962B, CN 86100949, CN-B-1008962, CN1008962 B, CN1008962B, CN86100949, CN86100949.5
Inventors埃里克帕尼思, 马克J翰德萨尔
Applicant国际美孚机器公司
Export CitationBiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan
External Links: SIPO, Espacenet
Subscriber rf telephone system for providing multiple speech and/or data signals simultaneously over either a single or a plurality of rf channels
CN 1008962 B
Abstract  translated from Chinese
一种利用数字时分电路在一个基地台和多个用户台之间进行多种信息信号无线传输的系统。 A between a base station and a plurality of subscriber stations that various information signals wireless transmission systems utilizing digital time division circuits. 基地台与一个外部信息网络连接,该网络可以是模拟的和/或数字的,信息信号选自包括话音、数据、传真、视频、计算机、测量信号在内的一组信号。 The base station is connected with an external information network, the network may be analog and / or digital information signal from the group comprising voice, data, facsimile, video, computer, measuring signal including a set of signals. 该系统通过使用多个相互间选择性配置的天线而具备空间分集。 The inter-system by using a plurality of antenna configuration and includes a selective spatial diversity. 基地台通过多对射频信道工作。 RF base station through multi-channel operation. 每对信道的工作是通过两个信道电路的结合而实现的,其中一个是发送信道电路,它用于处理经电话公司中继线接收的多种信息信号以便经过一个给定的射频频道同时发射给不同的用户台,另一个是接收信道电路,它用于处理经过一个给定的射频频道从不同用户同时接收的多个信号以提供经中继线传输的信息信号。 Each working channel is by combining two channel circuits achieved, one of which is the transmission channel circuit for processing various information signals received by the telephone company trunk so as to traverse a given RF channel to transmit simultaneously to different subscriber station, and the other is the reception channel circuit for processing a plurality of signals via a given radio frequency channel received from different users at the same time to provide the information signal transmitted via the trunk.
Claims(22)  translated from Chinese
1.一种系统用于处理从多根电话公司中继线上同时接收的给定的多种信息信号,以便在一个给定的射频信道上同时进行传输,该系统的特征在于包括:独立的转换装置,该装置用于同上述中继线进行相应连接,以便将从上述中继线接收的信息信号转换为数字信号取样值;给定的多个独立的信号压缩装置,该装置用于将从独立的转换装置分别得到的数字信号取样值同时进压缩,以便提供上述给定数目的独立压缩信号;信道控制装置,该装置与压缩装置相连以便顺序地将压缩信号组合成一个单一的发送信道比特流,并由相应的每一压缩信号占据发送信道位流中与一个预定的独立压缩装置相关的一个重复序列的时隙位置;一个交换机用于将相应的独立转换装置与指定的独立压缩装置相连;远程连接处理装置,该装置用于同上述中继线连接并响应于从某一根上述中继线接收的一个输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,该信号指定交换机应将那一个独立压缩装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立转换装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线分配在发送信道比特流中的时隙,该时隙与由交换机按上述方式连接的独立压缩装置相关,其中远程连接处理装置维持着那些时隙经过这种分配的存储,并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后提供一个上述的时隙分配信号,该信号对与未分配给另一根中继线的某一时隙相关的压缩装置执行上述连接;呼叫处理装置,该装置与远程连接处理装置相连并响应于上述时隙分配信号,以使交换机完成由上述时隙分配信号所指示的连接;和发射装置,该装置用于提供一个发送信道信号以便在给定的射频频道上响应于发送信道位流而进行发射。 1. A system for processing signals received from a variety of information on a plurality of telephone company trunk simultaneously given so that a given RF channel transmit simultaneously, the system is characterized by comprising: switching means independent The means for connection with said trunk corresponding to the trunk from said information signal received into a digital signal samples; from independent conversion means a given plurality of independent signal compression means for respectively digital signal samples obtained simultaneously compressed, in order to provide the above-mentioned given number of independent compressed signal; channel control means and the compression is connected means for sequentially compressed signals are combined into a single transmit channel bit stream, by the corresponding Each slot position of the compressed signal occupies the transmission channel bit stream with a predetermined compression means independent associated one repeat sequence; a switch for connecting the respective independent conversion means and the specified independent compression means; remote connection processing means, and responsive to the means for connection with said received from a trunk in a trunk of a said incoming call request signal and a slot assignment signal which specifies that an independent switch should be connected to said compression means the root trunk conversion means coupled to the independent, and thus the above-mentioned root trunk assigned slot in the transmission channel bit stream, the time slot with the independent compression means comprises a switch connected to the above-described manner related, wherein the processing means to maintain a remote connection that After this query slot allocated storage, and upon receiving a call request to the input of the memory, and provides one of said time slot allocation signal, and the signal is not assigned to the other time slot of a certain trunk compression means connected to said executing; call processing means and processing means connected to a remote connection and responsive to said time slot allocation signal to the switch to complete the connection by the time slot assignment signal directs; and transmitting means for providing a transmission channel in response to a signal on a given RF channel in the transmission channel bit stream for transmission.
2.根据权利要求1的系统,其一步的特征为:伴随所述呼叫请求,有一个用户识别信号,该信号识别呼叫请求针对那个用户台,其中远程连接处理装置响应于上述用户识别信号而向信道控制装置提供一个发送时隙控制信号,该信号表明所识别的用户台和响应于上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配的发送信道比特流中的时隙之间的联系;并且其中的信道控制装置与远程连接处理装置相连并响应于一个上述的发送时隙控制信号,在发送信道比特流的一个独立时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由发送时隙控制信号所识别的用户台,并指示出包含有压缩语声数据信号的时隙,该语声数据信号是从经过中继线接收的语声信号中得到,而呼叫请求和所伴随的用户识别信号即是从该中继线上接收。 2. The system according to claim 1, further characterized by: the call request associated with a user identification signal, the signal identifying that the call request for the subscriber station, wherein the remote connection processing means responsive to said user identification signal to the channel control means provides a control signal transmission time slot, the signal indicates that the identified subscriber station and in response to the call connection request associated with the allocated transmission channel bitstream between slots; and wherein the channel control means and processing means connected to the remote connection and responsive to one of said control signal transmission slots, providing a remote control message is transmitted in the slot in a separate channel bit stream, the message sent by the time slot control signal for the identified subscriber station, and indicates a time slot containing compressed voice data signals, the voice data signal is obtained from the speech signals received over the trunk, and the call request and accompanying user identification signal that is received from the trunk.
3.根据权利要求2的系统,进一步的特征为:一个用户台,该用户台包括接收和处理所述发送信道信号以便重新建立从中继线接收的信息信号的装置,在针对该用户台的遥控消息中,指定的发送信道比特流的时隙即分配给该中继线。 3. The system according to claim 2, further characterized by: a subscriber station, the subscriber station comprises receiving and processing said transmission channel signal to re-establish device information signal received from the trunk, the message for the user at the remote control station time slots, the specified transmit channel bit stream, i.e., assigned to the trunk.
4.根据权利要求3的系统,进一步的特征为:接收装置,该装置用于接收一个接收信道信号并用于处理该接收信道信号以提供在不同的相应重复序列时隙位置上包含独立压缩信号的一个接收信道比特流;给定的多个独立的信号合成装置,其中每一合成装置均与接收信道比特流中的一个不同的时控位置相关,以便从接收信道比特流相关的对应时隙位置所包含的独立压缩信号中重新建立数字信号取样值;其中信道控制装置将来自接收信道比特流的独立压缩信号分离,并将分离的信号分配给独立的合成装置,该合成装置与从中分离出信号的相应时隙相关;和独立的恢复装置,该装置用于同每一上述中继线进行相应的连接以便将数字信号取样值恢复为信息信号从而在相应中继线上传输,其中每一独立的恢复装置与一个独立的转换装置相关,并且与相关的独立转换装置连接到同一根中继线上;其中交换装置将相应的独立恢复装置与指定的独立合成装置连接;并且其中远程连接处理装置响应于从上述中继线接收的上述输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,用于指定交换机应将那个独立合成装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立恢复装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线在接收信道比特流中分配与独立合成装置相关的时隙,该合成装置由交换装置按此方式连接,其中远程连接处理装置维持着在接收信道比特流中那些时隙经过这种分配的存储,并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后向呼叫处理器提供一个上述时隙分配信号,用于执行对与某一未分配给另一中继线的时隙相关的一个合成装置的连接。 4. The system according to claim 3, further characterized by: receiving means for receiving a reception channel signal and for processing the received channel signal to provide a compressed signal comprising independent repeats in different respective positions on the time slot a receive channel bit stream; a given plurality of independent signal combining means, wherein the synthesizing means are each received channel bit stream with a different time control position related to the channel from the received bit stream associated with the corresponding time slot position independently compressing signal included in the re-establishment of the digital signal samples; wherein the channel control means from the reception channel bit stream of independent compressed signal separation, and the signal allocated to independent synthesis means for separating the synthesizing means and separates therefrom a signal The corresponding time slot; and separate recovery means for performing a corresponding connection with each of said trunk to restore the digital signal samples to an information signal so that the transmission on the respective trunk, wherein each independent recovery means and a separate conversion device dependent and independent connection associated with a conversion device to the trunk; wherein the switching means corresponding independent recovery device independent syntheses of connection to the specified device; and wherein the remote connection processing means in response to receiving from said trunk The above-mentioned incoming call request signal to provide a time slot allocation signal, that should be independent syntheses of the designated switch means for connecting to a separate recovery means coupled to said trunk of the root, and thus above the root trunk channel bits at the receiving assigned timeslots and independent synthesis means associated, by means of the synthesis device is connected to exchange this manner, wherein the remote processing means to maintain a connection through this allocation of time slots is stored in the received channel bit stream, and receives the When an incoming call request to the above query the storage, and then provide a time slot assignment signal to said call processor, for performing a synthesizing means and a slot is assigned to another trunk associated connection.
5.根据权利要求4的系统,进一步的特征为:其中远程连接处理装置进一步向信道控制装置提供一个接收时隙控制信号,该信号指明在所识别的用户台与时隙之间的联系,接收信道比特流中的该时隙被分配给从用户台接收的信号,该用户台由所接收的用户识别信号来识别;并且其中信道控制装置响应于上述接收时隙控制信号,在发送信道比特流的一个时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由上述接收时隙控制信号所识别的用户台而发出并表明所针对的用户台何时应向接收信道信号的接收装置发送信号,以便从所针对的用户台的发射中提取的压缩信号占据接收信道位流中所分配的时隙。 5. The system according to claim 4, further characterized in that: wherein the remote processing means connected to the channel control means further provides a reception slot control signal which indicates the recognition between the subscriber station and the contact slot, receiving stream channel bit of the time slot is assigned to received from the subscriber station signal, the subscriber station identified by the user signal received is identified; and wherein the channel control means responsive to said reception slot control signal, the transmission channel bit stream A slot is provided in a remote control message, which time slot for the control signal by the receiving subscriber station identified issued and indicates when the subscriber station should be receiving means for receiving the transmission signal channel signal, so that from the transmitting the subscriber station for extracting compressed signal occupies slot reception channel bit stream assigned.
6.根据权利要求5的系统,其进一步的特征为用户台进一步包括:处理在所接收的发送信道信号中的遥控消息的装置,以便使来自用户台的传输在由遥控消息指定的时刻被发射。 6. The system of claim 5, further characterized by the user station further comprising: processing means in the transmission channel signal received in the remote control message, so that the transmission from the subscriber station at the specified time the message is transmitted by the remote control .
7.根据权利要求2的系统,进一步的特征为:用于接收一个接收信道信号并处理该接收信道信号的装置,该装置提供在不同的相应重复序列时隙位置中包含独立压缩信号的一个接收信道比特流;给定的多个独立的信号合成装置,每一装置与接收信道比特流中的一个不同时隙位置相关,以便从接收信道比特流的有关的相应时隙位置中包含的独立压缩信号重新建立数字信号取样值;其中信道控制装置将来自接收信道比特流的独立压缩信号分离并将分离的信号分配给独立的合成装置,该合成装置与从中分离出信号的相应时隙相关;和独立的恢复装置,该装置用于同每一上述中继线进行相应的连接以便将数字信号取样值恢复为信息信号从而在相应中继线上传输,其中每一独立的恢复装置与一个独立的转换装置相关,并且与相关的独立转换装置连接到同一根中继线上;其中交换装置将相应的独立恢复装置与指定的独立合成装置连接;并且其中远程连接处理装置响应于从上述中继线接收的上述输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号用于指定交换机应将那个独立合成装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立恢复装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线在接收信道比特流中分配与独立合成装置相关的时隙,该合成装置由交换装置按此方式连接,其中远程连接处理装置维持着在接收信道比特流中那些时隙经过这种分配的存储并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后向呼叫处理器提供一个上述时隙分配信号用于执行对与某一未分配给另一中继线的时隙相关的一个合成装置的连接。 7. The system according to claim 2, further characterized in that: means for receiving a channel signal receiving means and the received channel signal processing, the apparatus comprising a receiver providing independent compressed signals in different respective slot position in repeats channel bit stream; a given plurality of independent signal combining means, a different time slot position of each device and the reception channel bitstream correlation, independent from the compression to include the relevant corresponding time slot position of the reception channel bitstream the digital signal to re-establish the signal sample values; wherein the channel signals from the control means assigned to separate independent compressed signal synthesizing means separating the received channel bit stream and the separated, isolated from the synthesis means and the corresponding slot signals related; and Separate recovery means for performing a corresponding connection with each of said trunk to restore the digital signal samples to an information signal so that the transmission on the respective trunk, wherein each independent recovery device with a separate conversion means associated, and connection switching means associated to the same independent single trunk; wherein the switching means corresponding independent recovery device independent syntheses of connection to the specified device; and wherein the remote connection processing means responsive to said incoming call received from the trunk request signal a slot assignment signal that should be independent syntheses of the designated switch means for connecting to a separate recovery means coupled to said trunk of the root, and thus above the root trunk channel bits in the received stream allocation means associated with the independent syntheses of time slot, the synthesizer means is connected in this manner by switching means, wherein the processing means to maintain a remote connection through the time slots allocated storage and this is stored in the query when receiving an incoming call request in said receive channel bit stream and providing one of said slot assignment signal used to perform a time slot associated with the trunk is not assigned to another device is connected to a synthetic call processor.
8.根据权利要求7的系统,进一步的特征为:其中远程连接处理装置进一步向信道控制装置提供一个接收时隙控制信号,该信号指明在所识别的用户台与时隙之间的联系,接收信道比特流中的该时隙被分配给从用户台接收的信号,该用户台由所接收的用户识别信号来识别;并且其中信道控制装置响应于上述接收时隙控制信号,在发射信道比特流的一个时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由上述接收时隙控制信号所识别的用户台而发出并表明所针对的用户台何时应向接收信道信号的接收装置发送信号,以便从所针对的用户台的发射中得到的压缩信号占据接收信道比特流中所分配的时隙。 8. The system of claim 7, further characterized in that: wherein the remote processing means connected to the channel control means further provides a reception slot control signal which indicates the recognition between the subscriber station and the contact slot, receiving stream channel bit of the time slot is assigned to received from the subscriber station signal, the subscriber station identified by the user signal received is identified; and wherein the channel control means responsive to said reception slot control signal, the transmit channel bit stream A slot is provided in a remote control message, which time slot for the control signal by the receiving subscriber station identified issued and indicates when the subscriber station should be receiving means for receiving the transmission signal channel signal, so that from the compressing signal for transmitting user station occupies the time slot obtained in the reception channel bitstream allocated.
9.根据权利要求8的系统,其进一步的特征为用户台进一步包括:处理在所接收的发送信道信号中的遥控消息的装置,以便使来自用户台的传输在由遥控消息指定的时刻被发射。 9. The system of claim 8, further characterized by the user station further comprising: processing means transmits the channel signal received in the remote control message, so that the transmission from the subscriber station at the specified time the message is transmitted by the remote control .
10.一个用于处理给定的多种信息信号的系统,这些信息信号是通过电话公司中继线而同时接收并用于在多个射频信道上同时传输,该系统的特征在于包括:独立的转换装置,该装置与上述中继线进行相应的连接,以便将从上述中继线接收的信息信号转换为数字信号取样值;多个发送信道电路,其中每一电路被分配给一个不同的给定射频的频道,并且每一电路包括:给定的多个独立的信号压缩装置,该装置用于同时将从独立转换装置提取的数字信号取样值分别进行压缩以提供上述给定数目的独立压缩信号;信道控制装置,该装置与压缩装置相连以便顺序地将压缩信号组合成一个单一的发射信道比特流,并且相应的每一压缩信号占据发射信道比特流中与一个预定的独立压缩装置相关的一个重复序列的时隙位置;发射装置,该装置用于提供一个发送信道信号以便在给定的射频频道上响应于发送信道比特流而进行发射;一个交换机用于将相应的独立转换装置与指定的独立压缩装置相连;远程连接处理装置,该装置用于同上述中继线连接并响应于从某一根上述中继线接收的一个输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,该信号指定交换机应将那一个发送信道电路和指定的发送信道电路中的那一个独立压缩装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立转换装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线分配指定的发送信道电路和发送信道比特流中的时隙,该时隙与由交换机按此方式连接的独立压缩装置相关,其中远程连接处理装置维持着有那些时隙按这种方式分配给每一个发送信道电路的存储,并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后提供一个上述的时隙分配信号,该信号执行对一个给定的发送信道电路和一个压缩装置的上述连接,在该发送信道电路中并非所有的时隙都分配另一根中继线而在该压缩装置中有一个时隙未分配给另一根中继线;和呼叫处理装置,该装置与远程连接处理装置相连并响应于一个上述时隙分配信号以使交换机完成由上述时隙分配信号所指示的连接。 10. A variety of information for processing to a predetermined signal system, while the information signals are received by the telephone company trunk and for simultaneous transmission of multiple RF channels, the system comprising: a separate conversion means, The corresponding means and the trunk connection, in order to convert the information signal received from said trunk for digital signal samples; a plurality of transmission channel circuit, wherein each circuit is assigned to a different given RF channel, and each A circuit comprising: a plurality of independent signals to a predetermined compression apparatus, the apparatus for simultaneously extracting from the digital conversion means independent signal samples were compressed to provide said given number of independent compressed signal; channel control means combined signal into a single transmit channel bit stream, and a corresponding slot position of each of the compressed signal occupies transmit channel bit stream with a predetermined repeating sequence of a separate compression means associated with compression means connected to the compressed sequentially; transmitting means for providing a signal to a transmission channel in a given RF channel in response to the transmission channel to transmit the bit stream; a switch means for respective independent conversion means connected to the specified independent compression means; remote connection processing means and responsive to the means for connecting with said received from a trunk in a trunk of a said incoming call request signal to provide a time slot allocation signal, that should be a transmission channel circuitry transmits the signal and the specified designated switch channel circuit that a separate compression means is connected to a separate conversion means connected to said trunk of the roots, and thus is designated as the root of said trunk circuits allocated transmission channel and the transmission channel bit stream in the time slot, the time slot and independent compression means connected in this manner by a switch associated, wherein the remote connection processing means maintains those time slots in this manner is assigned to each transmission channel memory circuit, and upon receiving a query at the input of the call request storage, and then provide one of said time slot assignment signal which performs the connection of a given transmission channel circuit and a compression device, in which the transmission channel circuit, not all slots are assigned in the other trunk The compression apparatus is provided with a slot is not allocated to the other trunk; and call processing means which is connected with the remote processing means connected to and responsive to one of said time slot assignment signal to cause the switch to complete by the time slot assignment signal indicative connection.
11.根据权利要求10的系统,其进一步的特征为:伴随所述呼叫请求,有一个用户识别信号,该信号识别呼叫请求针对那个用户台;其中远程连接处理装置响应于上述用户识别信号而向根据上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配的给定发送信道电路中的信道控制装置提供一个发送时隙控制信号,该信号表明所识别的用户台和响应于上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配的发送信道比特流中的时隙之间的联系,以及一个发送信道控制信号,该信号表明所识别的用户台和响应于上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配的给定发送信道电路所分配的RF频道之间的联系,并且其中的信道控制装置与远程连接处理装置相连并响应于一个上述的发送时隙控制信号,在发送信道比特流的一个独立时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由发送时隙控制信号识别的用户台,并指示出包含有压缩的语声数据信号的时隙,该语声数据信号是从经过中继线接收的语声信号中得到,而呼叫请求和所伴随的用户识别信号是从该中继线上接收,并且还进一步指示出根据上述呼叫请求而分配的给定发送信道电路所分配的RF频道。 11. The system of claim 10, further characterized by: the call request is accompanied with a user identification signal, the signal identifying that the call request for the subscriber station; wherein the remote connection to said processing means in response to the user identification signal given transmission channel circuit according to the call request accompanying allocated in the channel control means provides a time slot control signal transmission, the signal indicates that the identified subscriber station and in response to said call request accompanying allocated transmit channel bit stream Contact between the slots, and a transmission channel control signal, which indicates that the identified subscriber station and in response to the call connection request associated with the given assigned the allocated RF transmission channel circuits between channels, and wherein the channel is connected with a remote control means connected to the processing means and responsive to one of said control signal transmission slots, providing a remote control message is transmitted in the slot in a separate channel bit stream, the message sent by the time slot control signal for identification subscriber station, and indicates the data contains the compressed speech signal time slot, the voice data signal is obtained from the speech signals received over the trunk, and the user identification signal and the call request is accompanied from the trunk On reception, and further indicates that the call request in accordance with a given distribution of the allocated RF transmission channel circuit channel.
12.根据权利要求11的系统,进一步的特征为:一个用户台,该用户台包括接收和处理上述遥控消息和上述发送信道信号以便重新建立从中继线接收的信息信号的装置,在针对该用户台的遥控消息中指定的RF频道和发送信道比特流的时隙即分配给该中继线。 12. The system of claim 11, further characterized by: a subscriber station, the subscriber station includes receiving and processing said remote control message and the transmission channel signal to re-establish device information signal received from the trunk, and in the user station for slot remote RF channel specified in the message and transmit channel bit stream, that is assigned to the trunk.
13.根据权利要求12的系统,进一步的特征为:多个接收信道电路,其中每个电路与一个发送信道电路配对,每个接收信道电路都分配给一个不同的给定RF频道,并且每一个该电路均包括:接收装置,该装置用于接收一个接收信道信号并用于处理该接收信道信号,以便提供在不同的相应重复序列时隙位置上包含独立压缩信号的一个接收信道比特流;给定的多个独立的信号合成装置,其中每一合成装置均与接收信道比特流中的一个不同的时隙位置相关,以便从接收信道比特流的相关的对应时隙位置中所包含的独立压缩信号中重新建立数字信号取样值;信道控制装置,该装置将来自接收信道比特流的独立压缩信号分离并将分离的信号分配给独立的合成装置,该合成装置与从中分离出信号的相应时隙相关;独立的恢复装置,该装置用于同每一上述中继线进行相应的连接以便将数字信号取样值恢复为信息信号从而在相应中继线上传输,其中每一独立恢复装置与配对的发送信道电路中的独立转换装置相关,并且与相关的独立转换装置连接到同一根中继线上;其中交换装置将相应的独立恢复装置与指定的独立合成装置连接;并且其中远程连接处理装置响应于从上述中继线接收的上述输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,该信号指定交换机应将那一接收信道电路以及所指定的接收信道电路中的那一个独立合成装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立恢复装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线分配指定的接收信道电路以及在接收信道比特流中与独立合成装置相关的时隙,该合成装置由交换装置按此方式连接,其中远程连接处理装置维持着在接收信道比特流中那些时隙按这种方式分配给各个接收信道电路的存储,并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后向呼叫处理器提供一个上述时隙分配信号,该信号用于执行对一个给定的接收信道电路的上述连接,在该接收信道电路中并非所有时隙都分配给另一中继线并且该接收信道电路与一个发送信道电路配对,在该发送信道电路中并非所有的时隙均分配给另一中继线,并且还与其中的一个合成装置连接,该合成装置与未分配给另一中继线的某一时隙相关。 13. The system of claim 12, further characterized by: a plurality of reception channel circuit, wherein each circuit is a circuit with a transmission channel pair, each receiving channel is assigned to a different circuit of a given RF channel, and each The circuit comprises: receiving means for receiving a receive channel signal and the received channel signal for processing, in order to provide contain compressed independently one received channel signal at different respective repeats slot position on bitstream; given a plurality of independent signal combining means, wherein means are synthesized with each receive channel bit stream associated with a different slot position, independent from the compressed signal related to the corresponding time slot position of the received channel bit stream contained in re-establishment of the digital signal samples; channel control means separate from the signal assigned to the synthesis means for receiving channel bit stream of independent compressed signal separation and the separated, isolated from the synthesis means and the corresponding slot signals associated ; independent recovery means for performing a corresponding connection with each of said trunk to restore the digital signal samples to an information signal so that the transmission on the respective trunk, wherein each independent recovery device with a paired transmission channel circuit conversion means associated independent, and is connected with the switching means associated to the same independent of a trunk; wherein the switching means corresponding independent recovery device independent syntheses of connection to the specified device; and wherein the remote connection processing means in response to receiving from said trunk said incoming call request signal to provide a time slot assignment signal which specifies that should switch circuit and receiving channel designated by the reception channel circuit that is connected to a separate, independent recovery synthesizing means with said trunk connected to the root device , and thus the above specified for the root trunk circuit and a receiving channel assignment in the received channel bit stream synthesizing device associated with separate time slots, connected by means of the synthesis device to exchange this manner, wherein the remote connection handling means maintained in receive channel bit stream in such a way that the time slot allocated to the memory circuit of each receiving channel, and a query upon receiving said incoming call request to the storage, and then provide a time slot assignment signal to said call processor, the signal for performing the connection, for a given reception channel circuit, the reception channel circuit, not all time slots are assigned to another trunk and the reception channel circuit with a transmission channel circuit pair, is not, in the transmission channel circuit All the other time slots are assigned to the trunk, and is also connected with one of the synthesizing means, and synthesizing means which are not assigned to a time slot to another trunk.
14.根据权利要求13的系统,进一步的特征为:其中远程连接处理装置进一步向根据上述伴随的呼叫请求分配的给定接收信道电路中的信道控制装置提供一个接收时隙控制信号,该信号指明在所识别的用户台与时隙之间的联系,接收信道比特流中的该时隙被分配给从用户台接收的信号,该用户台由所接收的用户识别信号来识别,并且还提供一个接收信道控制信号,该信号指明在所识别的用户台与RF频道之间的联系,该RF频道根据上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配给该给定的接收信道电路;并且其中信道控制装置响应于上述接收时隙控制信号,在发送信道比特流的一个时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由上述接收时隙控制信号所识别的用户台而发出并表明所针对的用户台何时应向接收信道信号的接收装置发送信号,以便从所针对的用户台的发射中得到的压缩信号占据接收信道比特流中分配的时隙,并且进一步指明根据上述呼叫请求对给定接收信道电路分配的RF频道。 14. The system of claim 13, further characterized in that: wherein the remote connection to the processing means further based on the associated call requesting allocation of a given reception channel in the channel control circuit means to provide a reception slot control signal which indicates contacting the identified subscriber station and time slots between reception channel bitstream the time slot is allocated to the signal received from the subscriber station, the subscriber station identified by the user to identify the received signal, and also provides a reception channel control signal, which indicates a link between the identified user station and the RF channels, the RF channel according to the call request attendant assigned to the given receive channel circuit; and wherein the channel control means responsive to said reception slot control signal, to provide a remote control message is transmitted in the slot in a channel bit stream, the message for the reception slot control signal by said identified user station and issued indicating that the user station should be targeted when receiving receiving apparatus transmits a signal channel signal, in order to compress the signal obtained from the transmission targeted subscriber station occupies the time slot received channel bit stream allocated, and further specified according to the call request for the RF given reception channel circuit assigned channel .
15.根据权利要求14的系统,其进一步的特征为用户台进一步包括:处理在所接收的发送信道信号中的遥控消息的装置,以便使来自用户台的传输在由遥控消息指定的时刻经过由遥控消息指定的RF频道而发射。 15. The system of claim 14, further characterized by the user station further comprising: processing means in the transmission channel signal received in the remote control message, so that the transmission from the subscriber station at a specified time after the message from the remote Remote message specifies the RF channel and transmit.
16.根据权利要求11的系统,进一步的特征为:多个接收信道电路,其中每个电路与一个发送信道电路配对,每一个电路都分配给一个不同的给定RF频道,并且每一个电路均包括:接收装置,该装置用于接收一个接收信道信号并用于处理该接收信道信号,以便提供在不同的相应重复序列时隙位置上包含独立压缩信号的一个接收信道比特流;给定的多个独立的信号合成装置,其中每一个合成装置均与接收信道比特流中的一个不同的时隙位置相关,以便从接收信道比特流相关的对应时隙位置中所包含的独立压缩信号中重新建立数字信号取样值;信道控制装置,该装置将来自接收信道比特流的独立压缩信号分离并将分离的信号分配给独立的合成装置,该合成装置与从中分离出信号的相应时隙相关;独立的恢复装置,该装置用于同每一上述中继线进行相应的连接以便将数字信号取样值恢复为信息信号从而在相应中继线上传输,其中每一独立恢复装置与配对的发送信道电路中的独立转换装置相关,并且与相关的独立转换装置连接到同一根中继线上;其中交换装置将相应的独立恢复装置与指定的独立合成装置连接;并且其中远程连接处理装置响应于从上述中继线接收的上述输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,该信号指定交换机应将那一接收信道电路以及所指定的接收信道电路中的那一个独立合成装置连接到与上述该根中继线相连的独立恢复装置上,并由此为上述该根中继线分配指定的接收信道电路以及在接收信道比特流中与独立合成装置相关的时隙,该合成装置由交换装置按此方式连接,其中远程连接处理装置维持着在接收信道比特流中那些时隙按这种方式分配给各个接收信道电路的存储,并在接收到一个上述输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后向呼叫处理器提供一个上述时隙分配信号,该信号用于执行对一个给定的接收信道电路的上述连接,在该接收信道电路中并非所有时隙都分配给另一中继线并且该接收信道电路与一个发送信道电路配对,在该发送信道电路中并非所有的时隙均分配给另一中继线,并且还与其中的一个合成装置连接,该合成装置与未分配给另一中继线的某一时隙相关。 16. The system of claim 11, further characterized by: a plurality of reception channel circuit, wherein each circuit with a transmission channel matching circuit, each circuit is assigned to a different given RF channel, and each circuit are comprising: receiving means for receiving a receive channel signal and the received channel signal for processing, in order to provide different respective comprising independent repeats slot position on a compressed bit stream of a reception channel signal; a plurality of given independent signal synthesizing means, wherein means are synthesized with each receive channel bit stream to a different slot position relevant to channel bit stream from the received signal associated with independent compression position corresponding time slot contained in the re-establishment of the digital signal samples; channel control means separate from the signal assigned to the synthesis means for receiving channel bit stream of independent compressed signal separation and the separated, isolated from the synthesis means and the corresponding slot signals associated; independent recovery means for performing a corresponding connection with each of said trunk to restore the digital signal samples to an information signal so that the transmission on the respective trunk, wherein each independent recovery device with a paired transmission channel circuits independent converting means associated and connection switching means associated to the same independent single trunk; wherein the switching means corresponding independent recovery device independent syntheses of connection to the specified device; and wherein the remote connection processing means responsive to said incoming call received from the trunk request signal providing a slot assignment signal which specifies that the switch shall circuit and receiving channel designated by the reception channel that a separate circuit is connected to a separate synthesis means and said recovery means connected to the root of the trunk, and thereby above the root trunk allocation specified reception channel circuit, and the receiving channel bit stream and independently synthesizing device associated time slot, the synthesizer means are connected by means In this way the exchange, wherein the remote connection handling means maintained in the reception channel bit stream in such a manner that the time slot allocated to the memory circuit of each receiving channel, and a query upon receiving said incoming call request to the storage, and then provide a time slot assignment signal to said call processor, for performing the signal A given above connection reception channel circuit, the reception channel circuit, not all time slots are assigned to another trunk and the reception channel circuit with a transmit channel circuit pair, not all of the time slots in the transmission channel circuit is assigned to another trunk, and is also connected with one of the synthesizing means, and synthesizing means which are not assigned to a time slot to another trunk.
17.根据权利要求16的系统,进一步的特征为:其中远程连接处理装置进一步向根据上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配的给定接收信道电路中的信道控制装置提供一个接收时隙控制信号。 17. The system of claim 16, further characterized in that: wherein the processing means is further connected to a remote device to provide a control signal to the reception slot based on the call request accompanying allocated a given reception channel in the channel control circuit. 该信号指明在所识别的用户台与时隙之间的联系,接收信道比特流中的该时隙被分配给从用户台接收的信号,该用户台由所接收的用户识别信号来识别,并且还提供一个接收信道控制信号,该信号指明在所识别的用户台与RF频道之间的联系,该RF频道根据上述伴随的呼叫请求而分配给该给定的接收信道电路;并且其中信道控制装置响应于上述接收时隙控制信号,在发送信道比特流的一个时隙中提供一个遥控消息,该消息针对由上述接收时隙控制信号所识别的用户台而发出并表明所针对有用户台何时应向接收信道信号的接收装置发送信号,以便从针对的用户台的发射中提取的压缩信号在接收信道比特流中占据所分配的时隙,并且进一步指明根据上述呼叫请求而分配的给定接收信道电路所分配的RF频道。 This signal is indicated in connection with the identified user station between the time slot, the reception channel bit stream from the received slot signals are assigned to the subscriber station, the subscriber station identified by the user to identify the received signal, and There is also a reception channel control signal, which indicates between the identified user station and the RF channel link, the RF channel based on the call request attendant assigned to the given receive channel circuit; and wherein the channel control means In response to the reception slot control signal, for providing a time slot in the transmission channel bitstream a remote control message, the message for the reception slot control signal by said identified user station and issued indicating that the user station when there is targeted receiving means for receiving a transmission signal should channel signal so as to extract from the subscriber station for transmitting compressed signal occupies the assigned time slot in the received channel bit stream, and further specified in the call request in accordance with a given receiving allocated channel circuit assigned RF channel.
18.根据权利要求17的系统,其进一步的特征为用户台进一步包括:处理在所接收的发送信道信号中的遥控消息的装置,以便使来自用户台的传输在由遥控消息指定的时刻经过由遥控消息指定的RF频道而发射。 18. The system of claim 17, further characterized by the user station further comprising: processing means transmits the channel signal in the received message in the remote control so that the transmission from the subscriber station at a specified time after the message from the remote Remote message specifies the RF channel and transmit.
19.一种数字无线电系统,包括一个用电话线通信的基地台和多个用户台,用于在基地台和每一上述多个用户台之间通过射频信道同时传输信息信号,其特征在于包括:在上述基地台与上述电话线对应连接的转换装置,用于将从电话线接收的模拟信息信号转换为数字信号取样值,并将从上述用户台接收的数字信号转换为模拟信号用于传输到上述电话线上;与上述转换装置相连的信号压缩装置,用于同时压缩从上述转换装置引出的独立的数字信号取样值以提供独立的压缩信号;与上述信号压缩装置相连的信道控制装置,用于顺序将压缩信号结合为一个单一的发送比特流,由相应的每一压缩信号占据发送比特流中的一个重复序贯的位置;在上述基地台和上述用户台均有发送和接收装置,用于提供该基地台和用户台之间经上述射频信息的直接通信;和每一用户台在一个时间分割多址联接方式中以半双工方式运行,其中它在该的一部分中发送并在该的另一部分中接收。 19. A digital radio system comprising a telephone line to communicate with a base station and a plurality of user stations, for communication between the base station and each of said plurality of subscriber stations via radio frequency channels simultaneously transmitted information signals, comprising : switching means connected in said base station and said telephone line corresponds, for converting analog information signals received from the telephone line into a digital signal samples and converts the digital signal received from said subscriber station to an analog signal for transmission to said telephone line; signal conversion means coupled to said compression means for compressing the same time independent from the digital signal samples drawn to said converting means to provide independent compressed signal; and said signal compression means connected to the channel control means, The compressed signal for sequentially combined into a single transmission bit stream, each of the compressed signal from the corresponding transmission bit stream occupying a duplicate sequential position; both transmitting and receiving means in said base station and said user station, used to provide direct communication between the base station and the subscriber station via the radio frequency information; and each subscriber station in a time division multiple access mode to half-duplex operation, which it sent in as part of the another portion received in the.
20.权利要求19的系统,其进一步的特征为所述基地台在多个全双工信道上工作并在每个信道上容纳多个同时的信号,每一上述信道包括独立的接收和发送频率,其中一个频率被分配给基地台用于向所述用户台发送并在不发送时从该用户台接收,而另其它频率被分配给用户台用于向该基地台发送并在不发送时从该基地台接收。 20. The system of claim 19, further characterized in that said plurality of signals simultaneously at a base station and a plurality of full-duplex channels work contained in each channel, each said channel comprises separate receive and transmit frequency wherein when one frequency is allocated to the base station to the subscriber station for transmitting and when not transmitting and receiving from the subscriber station, while other frequencies are allocated to another subscriber station for transmitting to the base station and does not transmit from The base station receives.
21.权利要求19的系统,其进一步的特征在于所述压缩装置以14.6KBPS的编码速率提供语音数字信号并与16级DPSK调制相结合以此在单独一对20KHZ信道上提供四个同时全双工对话。 21. The system of claim 19, further characterized in that said compression means encoding rate 14.6KBPS provide voice digital signal DPSK modulation with 16 combined in a single pair of 20KHZ thereby provide four simultaneous full duplex channels Workers dialogue.
22.权利要求19的系统,其进一步的特征在于:每一用户台 22. The system of claim 19, further characterized in that: each user station
Description  translated from Chinese

本发明总地来说涉及通信系统,具体地说,涉及在一个或多个射频(RF)信道上同时提供多种信息信号的用户电话系统。 The present disclosure relates generally to communication systems, particularly to provide a variety of information signals simultaneously on one or more radio frequency (RF) channel subscriber telephone system.

本发明提供了一种利用数字时分电路在一个基地台和多个用户之间进行多种信息信号无线传输的系统。 The present invention provides a digital time division circuits between a base station and a plurality of user information that various wireless signal transmission systems. 用户台可以是固定的或可移动的,时分电路的数目由信号的传输质量来确定。 Subscriber station may be fixed or movable, the number of time-division circuit by the signal transmission quality is determined. 基地台与一个外部信息网络相互连接,该网络可以是模拟的和/或数字的。 Base stations interconnected with an external information network, which may be analog and / or digital. 信息信号选自包括话音、数据、传真、视频、计算机、测量信号在内的一组信号。 Information signal selected from the group including voice, data, facsimile, video, computer, measuring signal including a set of signals.

可移动的用户台可被选定为进行相对较快和相对较慢的运动。 Mobile subscriber station can be selected to be relatively fast and relatively slow movement.

信号的调制级和施加给系统的功率根据系统中信号差错检测进行调整。 Modulation stage and the power applied to the system of signals is adjusted in accordance with signal error detection system.

该系统通过使用多个相互间选择性配置的天线而具备空间分集,这样尽管信号有衰减仍能提供相对较高的信号接收。 The inter-system by using a plurality of antenna configuration and includes a selective spatial diversity, so that although the signal has attenuation still provide relatively high signal reception.

基地台通过多对RF频道而工作。 RF base station through a multi-channel and work on. 每对频道的工作是通过两个信道电路的结合而实现,其中一个是发送信道电路,该电路用于处理经电话公司中继线接收的给定的多种信息信号以便经过一个给定的RF频道同时发射给不同的用户台,另一个是接收信道电路,该电路用于处理经过一个给定的射频频道从不同用户台同时接收的多个信号以提供经中继线传输的信息信号。 Each pair of working channels by combining two channel circuits achieved, one of which is the transmission channel circuit, the signal processing circuit for a variety of information received via the telephone company trunk given so as to pass a given RF channel simultaneously transmitted to different subscriber stations, the other is receiving channel circuitry for processing a plurality of signals via a given radio frequency channel received from different subscriber stations to provide information signals simultaneously transmitted through the trunk.

每一中继线均分别与独立的转换装置连接以便将通过中继线接收的信息信号转换为数字信号取样值。 Each trunk are respectively independently connected to the conversion means converts the information signal received through a trunk into a digital signal samples.

发送信道电路包括一组给定的多个独立的信号压缩装置,用于同时将分别从独立的转换装置得到的数字取样信号进行压缩以提供给定数目的独立的压缩信号,一个与压缩装置连接的信道控制单元,用于将压缩信号依次组合成为一个单独发送信道的比特流,其中每一相应的压缩信号在与一个预定的独立压缩装置相关的发送信道比特流中占据一个重复序列的时隙位置;以及一个提供发送信道信号的单元,该单元响应于发送信道比特流通过预定的RF频道进行发射。 Transmission channel circuit comprises a plurality of independent signals given compression means for simultaneously respectively sampling the compressed digital signal converting means independently obtained from providing a given number of independent compressed signal, a compression means connected to a channel control unit for the compressed signals sequentially combined into a single transmit channel bit stream, wherein each respective compressed signal with a predetermined compression means independent associated transmit channel bit stream to occupy a slot position repeats ; and a transmission channel signal to provide a unit, which unit, in response to the transmission channel bit stream by a predetermined RF channel to transmit.

一个交换机将相应的独立转换装置与指定的独立压缩装置相连接。 A switch to the appropriate conversion device independent and independent compression device connected to the specified.

一个远程连接处理器与中继线连接并响应于通过某一中继线接收的输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号,该信号表明交换机应将哪一个独立压缩装置连接到与该中继线连接的独立转换装置上,由此将与由交换机连接的该独立压缩装置相关的发送信道比特流中的时隙分配给该中继线。 A remote processor connected to the trunk connected to and responsive to the incoming call received by a trunk request signal to provide a time slot assignment signal which indicates that switch which should be independent separate compression means is connected to switching means connected to the trunk on, thereby the independent compression means connected by a switch associated with the transmission channel bitstream slot assigned to the trunk. 该远程连接处理器保持一个按上述方式分配时隙的存储、并在接收到输入呼叫请求时查询该存储,然后提供时隙分配信号,该信号实现与该时隙相关的压缩装置的连接,此时隙不再分配给另一条中继线。 The remote connection processor maintains a time slot assignment according to the above-described manner is stored, and upon receiving an incoming call request to query the storage, and then providing slot assignment signal which connect the time slot associated with the compression device, this slots are no longer assigned to another trunk.

一个呼叫处理器与远程连接处理器相连接并响应于该时隙分配信号,而使交换机完成由该时隙分配信号指示的连接。 A connection with the remote call processor connected to the processor in response to the time slot allocation signal, leaving the switch to complete the connection by the signal indicating the slot assignment.

接收信道电路包括:一个接收单元,该接收单元接收并处理接收信道信号,以便在不同的相应重复序列时隙位置上提供包含数个独立压缩信号的接收信道比特流;给定的多个独立的信号合成装置,其中每一装置均与接收信道比特流中的一个不同的时隙位置对应,以便从接收信道比特流的各相应时隙位置所包含的独立压缩信号中再次形成数字信号取样值;以及一个控制单元,该控制单元用于对来自接收信道位流的独立压缩信号进行分离,并将所分离的信号分配给与各相应时隙相对应的独立合成装置,该信号就是在这些时隙中被分离。 Receive channel circuit comprising: a receiving unit, the receiving unit receives and processes the received channel signal, so as to provide contain several receiving channel bits independent compressed signal stream in different respective repeats slot position; given plurality of independent signal combining means, wherein each of the devices are received channel bit stream corresponding to a different slot position and, in order to separate the compressed signal received from each corresponding time slot position of the channel bit stream included in the digital signal samples are formed again; and a control unit, the control unit for receiving the channel bit stream from the separate compressed signal separation, and the separated signal distribution given respective independent synthesizing means corresponding to the slots, these time slots in the signal is are separated.

独立的恢复装置分别与每一中继线连接以便将数字信号取样值恢复为信息信号用于经过相应的中继线传输。 Separate recovery means respectively associated with each trunk connection to restore the digital signal samples is used for the information signal transmitted via the corresponding trunk. 每一独立的恢复装置均与一个独立的转换装置相关并与该相关的独立转换装置连接到同一根中继线上。 Each independent recovery device is associated with a separate conversion means connected to the correlation and independently associated with a conversion device to the trunk.

交换机将相应的独立恢复装置与指定的独立合成装置连接。 Switch the corresponding device is connected to a separate, independent recovery synthesis device specified.

远程连接处理器响应于通过一根中继线接收的输入呼叫请求信号而提供一个时隙分配信号用于指定交换机应将哪一个独立合成装置连接到与该中继线相连的独立恢复装置上,并将接收信道比特流中与交换装置所连接的独立合成装置相关的时隙分配给该中继线。 Remote connection handler in response to receiving the incoming call through a trunk request signal to provide a time slot assignment signal which is used to specify the switch shall be connected to an independent synthesis means independent recovery means connected to the trunk, and the reception channel bitstream independent synthesis device and switching means connected to a time slot assigned to the trunk. 远程连接处理器保持着接收信道位流中分配了哪些时隙位置的存储,并在接收到输入呼叫请求时对该存储进行查询,然后向呼叫处理器提供时隙分配信号,用以实现与该时隙相关的合成装置的连接,此时隙不再分配给另一条中继线。 Remote Connection processor maintains the reception channel bit stream which time slots allocated storage location, and stored in the call request when receiving an input query, and then provides a signal to the call processor slot assignment, to implement the synthesis device connecting a time slot, this time slot is no longer assigned to another trunk.

本发明的系统采用了先进的数字和大规模集成电子技术为不同的市场部门提供了成本低,性能可靠、质量高的通信。 System of the present invention employs advanced digital and large scale integrated electronic technology to provide a low cost, reliable, high quality communications for different market sectors. 一个较佳实施方案中使用了一个位于中央的固定基地台设施,与位于附近地理区域内的一个较大数目的用户台进行通信。 A preferred embodiment uses a fixed base station centrally located facility, with a greater number of nearby located within the geographic area of the subscriber stations communicate. 该中央基地台可以通过一个与输入电话中继线相连的用户小交换机(PBX)与电话公司(Telco)公用交换网络的一个中央局连接。 The central base station can be connected via a telephone trunk user input branch exchange (PBX) telephone company (Telco) a central office public switched network. 该系统中的用户台既可以是便携式固定基地性质的,也可以是移动性的,并且可以在相对较慢或较快的运动中操作,用户台与基地台通过UHF(超高频)无线频道进行通信,并通过标准的双线DTMF(双音多频)按键电话设备或通过RS-232C或通过非标准的电话台(例如四线式)与使用者通讯。 The system is portable subscriber station either fixed base nature, it can be mobile, and can be relatively slow or fast motion, the user station and a base station via UHF (ultra high frequency) radio channel communication, and through a standard two-wire DTMF (dual-tone multi-frequency) key telephone equipment or via RS-232C or by non-standard telephone sets (such as four-wire) to communicate with the user. 该系统可用于取代现存的硬线地区用户环路或为有线连接不能实现或不经济的地区提供优质的电话服务。 The system can be used to replace existing hard-line subscriber loop or region to provide quality telephone service for a wired connection is not possible or uneconomic areas.

本发明的系统的一个特征是其能够运用时间分割多址连接方式(TDMA)和数字话音编码以允许在一个给定的网络内对频率进行同时多重使用。 A feature of the system of the present invention is that it can use a time division multiple access (TDMA) and digital voice coding to allow a given network to use multiple frequencies simultaneously. 在同一时刻任何适当数目的高质量话音电路均在一个给定的频道上(具有25KHz的频道间隔)工作。 At the same time any suitable number of high quality voice circuits are on a given channel (having a 25KHz channel spacing) work. 为了说明的目的使用了四个这种电路。 For illustrative purposes, the use of four such circuits. 这就提供了一个优于现有模拟式无线电话系统的频谱上和经济上的优点,而现有的系统同一时间在一个给定频道上只能提供一个通话。 This provides advantages over the prior analog on a radio telephone system and the economic spectrum, while at the same time on the existing systems in a given channel can only provide a call.

具有低成本的固定式、移动式和便携式设施的特征在于使用了与频谱节省数字调制技术相结合的低速率数字话音编码(低于16 Kbit/秒)。 Low cost of fixed, mobile and portable facilities are characterized by the use of low-rate digital voice coding and digital modulation spectrum saving technology combined (less than 16 Kbit / sec). 例如:将每秒14.6千比特的话音编码技术与16级差分相移键控制相结合可允许在单独一对20KHz带宽的频道上支持四个同时的全双工会话,该频道在整个频谱内间隔为25KHz,特别是在400-500MHz和800-950MHz的频段上。 For example: A 14.6 kilobits per second voice coding technology and 16 differential phase shift keying the combination may allow a separate support four simultaneous 20KHz bandwidth of the channel full-duplex conversations, across the entire spectrum of the channel spacing to 25KHz, especially in the 400-500MHz and 800-950MHz bands. 这一组合在至少20公里的距离内提供质量良好的通话。 This combination provides a good quality of conversation at a distance of at least 20 km.

为了与有线服务竞争,必须容纳比给定的一对25KHz的频道上能够同时支持的数目要大得多的用户数。 In order to compete with cable service, must accommodate the number of users on a given number of pair of 25KHz channel can support much larger than that. 例如:一个支持47个同时呼叫的12对频道的系统可容纳摘机和挂机的用户总数为500(具有由所希望的高峰时间阻塞概率决定的最大限制)。 For example: The total number of simultaneous calls the user with a 47 channel system 12 pairs of support accommodates the hook and the hook 500 (having a maximum peak limited by the desired time determined blocking probability). 这样,一个提供了合理的呼叫接通延迟的用户呼叫请求控制方案也是本发明的一个重要特征。 This provides a reasonable call a turn-on delay of user requests call control scheme is also an important feature of the present invention.

本发明另外的特征将联系较佳实施方案的描述而给予说明。 Further features of the invention will be described in connection preferred embodiments given instructions.

图1是方框图,总体上示出本发明的射频用户电话系统。 Figure 1 is a block diagram generally illustrates the user radio telephone system of the present invention.

图2是图1的系统中基地台的一个代表性较佳实施方案的方框图。 Figure 2 is a block diagram representation of a base station system of Figure 1 of the preferred embodiment.

图3是图1的系统中一个用户台的较佳实施方案的方框图。 Figure 3 is a block diagram of the system of Figure 1 in a subscriber station of the preferred embodiment.

图4说明了由用户台和基地台产生的消息序列,用以建立两个用户台之间的联系。 Figure 4 illustrates the sequence of messages from the subscriber station and base station produced to establish links between the two subscriber stations.

图5说明了图2的基地台中在远程连接处理单元(RPU)内实现的不同的数据处理模块。 Figure 5 illustrates the base station of Figure 2 in the remote connection processing unit (RPU) implemented within a different data processing modules.

图6说明了图2的基地台中由RPU进行的输入和输出基带控制信道消息的处理。 Figure 6 illustrates the processing of FIG. 2 the base station the input and output performed by the RPU baseband control channel message.

图7说明了图2的基地台中由RPU进行的输入和输出用户小交交换机消息的处理。 Figure 7 illustrates the processing base in Figure 2 Taichung user input and output of small post exchange messages carried by the RPU.

图8说明了图2的基地台由RPU进行的记录消息的处理。 Figure 8 illustrates the processing records messages from the base station 2 RPU conducted.

图9说明了图2的基地台中RPU的存储结构。 Figure 9 shows the storage structure of the base station RPU in Figure 2.

图10说明了由图5中所示的消息处理模块(MPM)进行的与无线控制信道状态有关的消息的处理。 Figure 10 illustrates the state of processing and wireless control channel messages from the message processing module (MPM) shown in Fig. 5 conducted.

图11说明了由图5中所示的消息处理模块进行的与信道状态有关的消息的处理。 Figure 11 illustrates the processing associated with channel status messages from the message processing module shown in Fig. 5 conducted.

图12是图3的用户台中用户终端接口单元(STU)的方框图。 Figure 12 is a block diagram of Figure 3 Taichung user user terminal interface unit (STU) in.

图13示出图2的基地台中专用分支交换机(PBX)和话音编码译码单元(VCU)之间的信号接口。 Figure 13 shows a signal interface of the base station 2 private branch exchange (PBX) and FIG voice codec unit (VCU) between.

图14(第1页上)示出图2的用户台中STU和VCU之间的信号接口。 Figure 14 (on the first one) is shown in Figure 2, the user interface signal Taichung between STU and VCU.

图15示出图13中所示的PBX-VCU接口信号和图14中所示的STU-VCU接口信号的时序关系。 Figure 15 shows a diagram PBX-VCU interface signals shown in Figure 13 and the timing relationship STU-VCU interface signals shown in 14.

图16(11页上)示出在图2的基地台和图3的用户台中VCU和信道控制单元(CCU)之间的信号接口。 16 (11 on) shows the signal interface between the user and the base station of Figure 2 Figure 3 Taichung VCU and channel control unit (CCU) of.

图17示出图16所示VCU-CCU信号接口的发送信道信号的时序关系。 Figure 17 shows the timing relationship between VCU-CCU signal interface of a signal transmission channel 16 as shown in FIG.

图18示出图16所示VCU-CCU信号接口的接收信道信号的时序关系。 Figure 18 shows the timing relationship between the received channel signal shown in FIG. 16 VCU-CCU signal interface.

图19A和19B分别示出在VCU和CCU之间传输以便进行16级相移键控调制的发送和接收通话块的时序关系。 19A and 19B respectively show the transmission between the VCU and the CCU 16 for phase shift keying modulation of the timing relationship between the transmission and reception of the call block.

图20A示出用于在VCU和PBX(或STU)之间的接收信道进行16级相移键控调制的输入和输出数据的时序和内容。 Receiving channel 20A shows for between VCU and PBX (or STU) were 16 phase shift keying modulation of the timing and content of the input and output data.

图20B示出用于在VCU和PBX(或STU)之间的发送信道进行16级相移键控调制的输入和输出数据的时序和内容。 Transmission channel 20B shows for between VCU and PBX (or STU) were 16 phase shift keying modulation of the timing and content of the input and output data.

图21(第5页上)是图2的基地台和图3的用户台中CCU的方框图。 Figure 21 (on page 5) is a block diagram of a base station and user station CCU Figure 3 Figure 2.

图22示出图21的CCU由软件实现的功能结构。 Figure 22 shows a functional configuration CCU of FIG. 21 is realized by software.

图23是在图22的CCU传输总线上传输无线控制信道RCC和16级相移键控话音数据的时序图。 FIG 23 is transmitted on the transmission bus 22 CCU radio control channel RCC, and 16 phase-shift keying the voice data timing chart.

图24是在图22的CCU接收总线上传输RCC和16级相移键控话音数据的时序图。 FIG 24 is transmitted on the receive bus CCU 22 and 16 of RCC phase shift keying voice data timing chart.

图25(第3页上)是图2的基地台和图3的用户台的调制解调器的方框图。 Figure 25 (on page 3) is a block diagram of the base station and the subscriber station of FIG. 2 3 modems.

图26示出图2的基地台中CCU,调制解调器和系统定时单元之间的信号接口。 Figure 26 shows a signal interface of FIG. 2 the base station CCU, modems and system timing unit.

图27示出图2的基地台中和图3的用户台中调制解调器和射频单元之间的信号接口。 Figure 27 shows the signal interface user station modem and RF base unit Figure 2 and Figure 3, Taichung between.

图28是用于图3的用户的天线接口电路的方框图。 Figure 28 is a block diagram of a user of an antenna interface circuit 3 for.

图29是用于图2的基地台的天线接口电路的方框图。 Figure 29 is a block diagram of Figure 2 the base station antenna interface circuit for.

以下是说明书中使用的缩写词汇表缩写 定义A/D 模-数转换器ADPCM 自适应差分脉冲编码调制AGC 自动增益控制AM 幅度调制BCC 基带控制信道BPSK 二进制相移键控调制BW 带宽CCU 信道控制单元CODEC 结合在一起的编码和解码器DEMOD 解调器(调制解调器的接收部分)D/A 数-模转换器dB 分贝DID 直接向内拨号DMA 直接存储器存取DPSK 差分相移键控调制DTMF 双音多频率信令方案ECL 射极耦合逻辑 The following is a glossary of abbreviations used in the specification Abbreviation Definition A / D analog - digital converter ADPCM Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation AGC AGC AM amplitude modulation control channel BCC baseband binary phase shift keying BPSK modulation bandwidth BW channel control unit CCU CODEC combined encoder and decoder DEMOD demodulator (modem receive section) D / A Number - analog converter dB decibel Inward Dialing DID DMA Direct Memory Access Direct DPSK differential phase shift keying modulation DTMF Dual Tone Multi- frequency signaling scheme ECL emitter-coupled logic

FCC 美国联邦通信委员会FIFO 先入先出存储器FIR 有限脉冲响应滤波器Hz 赫兹(周/秒)I 同相IF 中频Kbps 千比特/秒KHz 千赫兹Km 千米LSB 最低有效位MDPSK 多相差分相移键控调制MHz 兆赫兹MODEM 组合的调制器和解调器MPM 消息处理模块ms 毫秒OCXO 恒温控制的晶体振荡器 Federal Communications Commission FCC first-out memory FIFO finite impulse response filter FIR Hz hertz (cycles / second) I inphase IF IF Kbps kbit / s KHz kHz Km one thousand meters LSB Least Significant Bit MDPSK multi-phase differential phase shift keying MHz megahertz crystal oscillator modulation MODEM combined modulator and demodulator MPM Message Processing Module ms ms thermostatically controlled OCXO

PBX 用户小交换机或自动交换机PCM 脉冲编码调制PSN 公共交换网络PSTN 公共交换电话网络或其它相互连接的载体(一般是电话公司)Q 正交QPSK 四级相移键控调制RBTG 回铃音发生器RAM 随机存取存储器RCC 无线控制信道RELP 剩余激磁线性预测RF 射频RFU 射频单元RPU 远程连接处理器单元ROM 只读存储器RX 接收 PBX user or automatic branch exchange switch PCM Pulse Code Modulation PSN public switched network PSTN public switched telephone network or other interconnection carrier (typically a telephone company) Q quadrature phase shift keying modulation QPSK four RBTG ringback tone generator RAM random access memory RCC wireless channel RELP remainder of RF excitation linear prediction RFU remote radio unit connected to the processor unit RPU ROM Read Only Memory RX receives

SHF 超高频(3,000-30,000兆赫)SIN 用户识别号SLIC 用户环路接口电路STIMU 系统定时单元STU 用户台电话接口单元SUBTU 用户定时单元TDM 时分多路复用TDMA 时分多址联接方式Telco 电话公司TX 发射UHF 特高频UTX-250 包括处理和联接的交换机,它可以是但并非必须是一个PBXUW 唯一字VCU 话音编码译码单元 SHF ultra-high frequency (3,000 to 30,000 MHz) SIN User ID SLIC Subscriber Line Interface Circuit STIMU system timing unit STU user telephone interface unit SUBTU user TDM time division multiplexing timing unit TDMA time division multiple access mode Telco telephone company TX transmit UHF UHF UTX-250 includes a processing and joins the switch, it may be but not necessarily a unique word PBXUW voice coding decoding unit VCU

VCXO 电压控制晶体振荡器VHF 甚高频(30-350兆赫)在本说明中,应当注意在所述的实施方案中使用了一个特定的频带(例如454到460兆赫),本发明至少可以同样地应用在整个VHF,UHF和SHF频带上。 A voltage controlled crystal oscillator VCXO VHF very high frequency (30-350 MHz) in the present description, it should be noted the use of a specific frequency band in the embodiment (e.g., 454-460 MHz), the present invention can at least in the same manner applied to the entire VHF, UHF and SHF bands.

参见图1,本发明的系统利用UHF无线电波在多个用户台(S)10和一个基地台11之间提供了本地环路电话服务。 Referring to Figure 1, the system of the invention utilizes UHF radio waves at a plurality of subscriber stations (S) provides local-loop telephone service between 11 and 10 and a base station. 基地台11直接在基于无线电波的各用户台10之间提供呼叫连接,并对指向或来自系统之外的点的呼叫进行与电话公司(Telco)的中央局12的连接。 The base station 11 to provide a direct call connection between the user station 10 based on the radio waves, and point to point or a call from outside the system will be connected to the telephone company (Telco) central office 12.

例如,所示的系统是在454 MHz至460 MHz频带内的公用载波频道对上运行。 For example, the system shown is run on the 454 MHz to 460 MHz frequency band for common carrier channel. 这一组特定的频率包括26个规定的频道。 This particular set of predetermined frequency includes 26 channels. 这些频道的间隔为25KHz并有20KHz的准许带宽。 These channel spacing of 25KHz and 20KHz have permission bandwidth. 发射和接收频道之间的间隔为5MHz并将两个频道中较低一个的中心频率指定为基地台发射频率,如以上所指明,本系统也可在其它UHF频道对上运行。 Intervals between transmission and reception channels and two channels of 5MHz lower center frequency designated as a base station transmitting frequency, as indicated above, the present system can also be run on other UHF channel pairs.

从基地台向用户的传输方式(发射频道)是时分多路复用(TDM)。 From the base station to the user's transmission mode (transmit frequency channel) is time division multiplexed (TDM). 从用户台向基地台的传输(接收频道)是时分多址联接方式(TDMA)。 Transmission from the subscriber station to the base station (receiving channel) is a time division multiple access mode (TDMA).

所有的系统均设计为与联邦条例法典47编(47 CFR)美国联邦通讯委员会部分21、22和90,以及其它有关法规相一致。 All systems are designed to work with 47 Code of Federal Regulations Code (47 CFR) part of the US Federal Communications Commission 21, 22 and 90, as well as other relevant laws and regulations are consistent.

基地台11和用户台10之间的通信是在454到460 MHz的频带内25 KHz间隔的全双工频道上以数字方式通过滤波的多相差分相移键控调制(MDPSK)而实现,因此满足了20 KHz带宽的要求,如美国联邦通信委员会规定部分21、22和90(例如,21、105,22.105和90.209)。 10 and the communication between the subscriber station is the base station 11 in 454 到 460 MHz frequency band the duplex channels spaced 25 KHz digitally filtered by a multi-phase differential phase shift keying modulation (MDPSK) is achieved, and therefore meet the 20 KHz bandwidth requirements, such as the US Federal Communications Commission regulations section 21, 22 and 90 (for example, 21,105,22.105 and 90.209). 该系统还可在VHF,UHF和SHF频谱的任何可达到的部分内用于其它的带宽和间隔。 The system can also be achieved in any part of VHF, UHF and SHF spectral bandwidth and for other intervals.

在每一25 KHz的FCC频道上的码元速度在每个方向上是16千码元/秒,话音传输是使用16级的相移键控调制和编码速率为14.6千比特/秒的话音数字而实现的。 Symbol rate of 25 KHz on each FCC channel in each direction is 16 kilo symbols / second, the use of voice transmission is 16 phase shift keying modulation and coding rate is 14.6 kbit / s digital voice achieved. 另一方案是,该调制可以是两级的(BPSK)或四级的(QPSK),不同级调制的混合可同时使用在同一频道上,利用时分多路传输,该系统以14.6千比特/秒的速率为每个两相的多路应用提供一个通话,(4相提供两个通话,16相提供四个通话等)或者适合于较低的速率提供更多的通话。 Another aspect is that the modulation may be two stages (BPSK) or four of (QPSK), mixing different level modulation can be used simultaneously on the same channel, using time division multiplexing, the system is 14.6 kbit / s The rate for each of the two phases of a multiple call applications, (4 provided with two calls, Call 16 provides four phase, etc.) or for lower rates to provide more calls. 当然,这仅是一个例子,因为如下表所示,可以使用调制解调器比特/码元或相位与编码与译码器速率的很多不同的组合:参数表使用以下编码译码器速率的双向通话或双工电路:相调制 14.6千比特/秒 6.4千比特/秒 2.4千比特/秒4 2 4 88 3 6 12 Of course, this is merely an example, as shown in the following table, the modem can be used in many different combinations of bits / symbol or phase encoder and decoder with rate: parameter table to use the codec rate of double talk or bis Workers circuit: phase modulation 14.6 kbit / s 6.4 kbit / s 2.4 kbit / s 424,883,612

16 4 8 1632 5 10 2064 6 12 24128 7 14 28在454到460 MHz的频带内基地台能够在任何一个或全部可使用的FCC 25 KHz间隔的频道上发射和接收,其中在该频带内频道是可选择的。 16 4,816,325,102,064,612 24128 7 14 28 is capable of transmitting and receiving, 454 到 460 MHz band of the base station at any one or FCC 25 KHz spaced channels that can be used in which all the channels in the band is selectable. 对每一话音通道的频道频率选择是由基地台在每一时间自动完成一个,但也可以在基地台配备的操作员控制台接口上被取代。 Channel for each voice channel frequency selection is substituted by the base station on a done automatically at each time, but can also be equipped in the base station operator console interface.

一般情况下,基地台可以有每个频道100瓦的发射输出功率。 In general, each base station may have a transmit channel 100-watt output power.

基地台提供了调制控制,以及对用户台的时隙和频道的分配。 Base station provides a modulation control, as well as the allocation of slots and the subscriber station channels. 另外,对用户台的自适应功率控制是由基地台执行,以便使序贯时隙的差值和相邻频道的干扰为最小。 In addition, the user station adaptive power control is performed by the base station, so that the difference between the interference and the sequential time slot adjacent channels is minimized.

在电话公司中继线以及选定频道上时间分割多路传输时隙之间的切换是由基地台完成,最好是采用数字切换,当然也可以代之以模拟切换。 In the telephone company on the trunk and selected channel time division multiplex switching is done by the slot between the base station, the best is to use digital switching, of course, can also be replaced by an analog switch.

基地台在接收频道上提供了三维空间分集能力。 Base station on the receiving channel provides a three-dimensional spatial diversity capabilities.

用户台能够以三个分支分集来运行。 Subscriber station can run three branch diversity. 发射功率一般可在0.1到25瓦之间调整。 Adjust the transmit power is generally between 0.1 and 25 watts. 但也可在其它功率范围内调整。 But can also be adjusted within the range of other power. 虽然经过用户台的话音通讯被感觉为实时全双工,但该射频系统是通过使用适当的时分多路复用定时方法以半工方式运行。 Although voice communications through user station is perceived as real-time full-duplex, but the RF system is running by using the appropriate division multiplexing part-way timing method.

用户台与任何进行话音通讯的电话装置相接,或者可将电话装入系统内,此外,在用户之间提供了一个数据连接,如一个RS-232C标准25引脚连接,用于9600波特速率的数据传输,基地台和用户台可由任何适当的来源获得运行供电,既可以是内部的也可以是外部的。 Subscriber station with any telephone device for voice communication phase, or it can be mounted within the telephone system, in addition, between the user provides a data connection, such as an RS-232C standard 25-pin connector for 9600 baud data transmission rate, the base station and the subscriber station may be any suitable power sources to run, may be either internal or external may be.

图2是基地台的一个实施方案的方框图,该基地台支持两对发射和接收频道同时工作。 Figure 2 is a block diagram of an embodiment of the base station, the base station supports the two pairs of transmit and receive channels simultaneously. 每一频道可同时处理多达四台电话机的连接。 Each channel can handle up to four telephone connections. 在较佳的实施方案中,有很多发射和接收频道对。 In preferred embodiments, there are many transmit and receive channel pair. 每一频道有几个时隙。 Each channel has a few slots.

在几个可用的时隙中有一个是由无线控制信道(RCC)所要求的。 There are several available in one time slot from the wireless control channel (RCC) required.

公共交换电话网络(PSTN)和用户台之间的连接是在专用支线交换台(PBX)15中建立并维持,该交换台是基地台中固有的。 And the connection between the station public switched telephone network (PSTN) users are in the private branch exchange station (PBX) 15 is established and maintained, the base station switching is inherent. PBX15是一个型号为UTX-250的系统,这是由“联合技术建设系统集团”(the United Technologies Building Systems Group)发展的一个目前正在使用的产品。 PBX15 is a model for the UTX-250 system, which is a by "joint technical building systems group" (the United Technologies Building Systems Group) development of products currently in use. 一般PBX系统的很多现有的特征都用于本发明的系统中所要求的电话公司接口的控制。 Many existing systems are generally characterized PBX control system for the present invention as claimed in the telephone company interface. PBX15还将发向/来自PSTN的话音信息转换为64千比特/秒的μ-律压缩扩展脉冲编码调制(PCM)数字取样。 PBX15 will be sent to / from the PSTN voice information is converted to 64 kilobits / sec compressed μ- law extended pulse code modulation (PCM) digital sampling. 从这一点开始直至与用户电话机连接的接口电路,或者是在用户发射机和接收机允许的最大范围内,该话音信息是以数字形式在整个基地台和用户台中进行处理。 From this point until the telephone connection with the user interface circuit, or to the maximum extent allowed by the user transmitter and receiver, the voice information in digital form in the entire base station and subscriber station for processing.

下一步,来自PBX 15的数字话音信息由一个人们所知的编码译码器16的话音压缩系统处理,该系统将话音信息速率从64千比特/秒减少为大约14.6千比特/秒或更小。 Next, digital voice information from the voice PBX 15 is known by an encoder 16 compression decoder processing system, the system will reduce the voice information rate from 64 Kbit / s is about 14.6 kilobits / sec or less . 编码译码器16用剩余激磁线性预测(RELP)算法或用SBC编码器-译码器来完成这一话音速率压缩。 Codec 16 with the remainder of the excitation linear prediction (RELP) algorithm or SBC coder - decoder the speech rate to accomplish this compression. 一般情况下,在一个单独的话音编码译码单元(VCU)17中装有四个编码译码器16,用于对每一频道内的四个或更多的时隙进行话音压缩。 In general, in a separate voice codec unit (VCU) 17 is installed in the four codec 16 for four or more time slots within each channel for voice compression. 每一基地台VCU17既可对每一频道对中的发射频道也可为接收频道处理四个或更多的全双工话音连接。 Each base station VCU17 of each channel pair can transmit the channel as the reception channel processing may also be four or more full-duplex voice connection. 由PBX15进行的连接决定了哪一个话音呼叫是由哪一个VCU17来处理,并且由选定的VCU17中的哪一个编码译码器16来处理。 Connected by PBX15 performed determines which voice call is handled by which VCU17, and by the selected VCU17 which one of the codec 16 to process. 每一VCU17的电路的硬件结构为,在一个特定的频率和基地台时隙上的话音呼叫总是由同一个VCU编码译码器16来处理。 VCU17 hardware structure of each circuit is, at a particular frequency and time slot of the base station by a voice call is always the same VCU codec 16 to process.

每一个VCU 17与一个信道控制单元(CCU)18连接。 A VCU 17 every 18 connected to a channel control unit (CCU). CCU18控制着时分多址联接功能,还具有作为链路级的协议处理器的各种功能。 CCU18 the time division multiple access control functions, also has a link-level protocol processor for various functions. 每一CCU18取得相应的VCU17中的编码译码器16的发射频道输出,并且在适当的时隙内,以适当的格式向调制解调器单元19传输数据。 Each CCU18 obtain the corresponding VCU17 the codec transmit output channel 16, and in the appropriate time slot, in an appropriate format to the modem unit 19 transmitting data. 每一CCU18按照远程连接处理器RPU20的控制确定调制级,以便用于广播(如2、4或16级的相移键控调制)。 Determining a modulation level according to each CCU18 connection handler RPU20 remote control for use in a broadcast (e.g., 2, 4 or 16 phase shift keying modulation). 每一CCU18还通过无线控制信道(RCC)的时隙以及在话音通道中附加控制位的期间内处理与用户台通信的控制信息。 Each CCU18 through wireless control channel (RCC) time slot, and control information over a period of additional control bits in the voice channel processing station to communicate with users. 每一频道对包括VCU17,CCU18和调制解调器19的一个串联连接的组合。 Each combination of channels including VCU17, CCU18 a series 19 and modem connection.

来自每一CCU18并且有适当格式的发射数据以16千码元/秒的速率传输到与标号19对应的调制解调器中。 Transmitting data from each CCU18 and has appropriate format at a rate of 16 kilo symbols / sec with the reference numeral 19 is transferred to the corresponding modem. 每一调制解调器19获取这些同步码元并将它们转换为格雷码的多级相移键控(PSK)结构。 Each modem 19 acquires these synchronization symbols and converts them to a multi-level gray code phase shift keying (PSK) structure. 调制解调器19的发射频道输出是一个调制过的中频(IF)信号。 Modem transmit channel output 19 is a modulated intermediate frequency (IF) signal. 这一信号被送入RF/IF处理单元(RFU)21,然后该单元将IF信号转换为在450 MHz范围内的射频UHF信号,用于调制解调器19和RFU 21的控制信号是由相应的CCU 18提供,CCU 18是在RPU20的整体控制下工作。 This signal is fed to RF / IF processing unit (RFU) 21, then the cell is converted to the IF signal at a radio frequency signal within 450 MHz UHF range, the modem 19 and control signals RFU 21 for the CCU 18 from the corresponding provided, CCU 18 is working under the overall control RPU20. 该UHF信号由RFU 21中的功率放大器放大并通过天线接口单元22传输到发射天线23进行开放空间的播出。 The RFU 21 UHF signal from the amplifier amplifies and transmission antenna interface unit 22 through the transmitting antenna 23 broadcast of open space.

基地台的接收功能基本上是逆转了的发射功能。 Reception base station is essentially reversed the launch function. 每一个RFU 21、调制解调器19、CCU 18、VCU 17和PBX15在实质上都是全双工的。 A RFU 21 each, modem 19, CCU 18, VCU 17 and PBX15 substantially all full-duplex.

远程连接处理单元(RPU)20是向CCU传递连接数据和控制信息的中央控制处理器。 Remote connection processing unit (RPU) 20 is connected to transfer data and control information the central control processor to CCU. RPU 20包括一个以6800型微处理器为基础的通用计算机、该计算机执行复杂的系统管理和对于呼叫建立,取消及维持的控制功能。 RPU 20 includes an 6800 microprocessor-based general-purpose computer, the computer system to manage and execute complex for call set-up, cancellation and maintain control. 该RPU 20还与PBX 15中的呼叫处理器24信讯以便控制由PBX 15的交换矩阵25实现的编码译码器16和电话公司中继线之间的相互连接。 The RPU 20 also with the PBX 15 calls in order to control the processor 24 letter News 25 interconnected matrix implemented codec trunk between 16 and telephone companies by the exchange PBX 15's.

每一用户台是一个相对较小的单元,该单元位于系统中每一使用者的位置上。 Each subscriber station is a relatively small unit, which is positioned on the system for each user. 用户台通过UHF无线电频道将使用者的标准电话机和/或数据终端或声音发射机/接收机与基地台连接。 Subscriber station via UHF radio channel to the user's standard telephone and / or data terminals or voice transmitter / receiver is connected with the base station. 用户台的功能非常类似于基地台。 The subscriber station is very similar to the base station. 然而,尽管基地台可以在一个或多个频道上同时工作,每一频道都提供支持几个话音电路的容量,用户台通常是一个时间仅在一个频率上工作。 However, although the base station can work simultaneously on a single or a plurality of channels, each channel provides several support voice circuit capacity, the subscriber station is usually a date on only one frequency.

图3是一个用户台的方框图。 Figure 3 is a block diagram of a subscriber station. 其功能划分非常类似于基地台(图2)。 Its function is very similar to the base station is divided (Figure 2). 使用者接口功能是由是用户台中的用户电话接口单元(STU)来执行。 User interface functions are performed by the user is the user station telephone interface unit (STU). 在基地台中的相应功能是由PBX模块执行。 In the corresponding function is performed by the base station PBX module. 用户台中的STU还执行用户台的全部控制功能,正像远程连接处理单元在基地台中的功能,在整个系统的控制结构中用户台作为主基地台的从属台。 Users Taichung STU also perform all control functions of the subscriber station, just a remote connection processing unit at the base station functions in the control structure of the entire system as a slave master subscriber station base station. STU可以与一个外部装置相接或者可以进行声音的发送和接收。 STU may be in contact with an external device or may transmit and receive sound.

随着通过用户台的数据流,使用者的话音或数据信息首先由一个用户终端单元(STU)27进行处理。 With the flow of data through the user station, the user's voice or data information from a first subscriber terminal unit (STU) 27 for processing. 来自用户电话机的话音信号输入在话音编码译码单元(VCU)28中接收并数字化。 Voice signal input from a user telephone set 28 receives and digitizes the voice codec unit (VCU). 用于数字化的话音信号的格式与基地台中的PBX15所使用的格式完全相同。 The format is identical base for digitized voice signal Taichung PBX15 use. 该用户台包括VCU 28,CCU 29,调制解调器30a,和RFU 31a,它们执行着与以上关于图2的基地台结构描述中所述的相同单元类似的功能,在用户台工作中的一个区别是它通常在一个时间仅限制在一个话音频道上。 The user station comprises a VCU 28, CCU 29, the modem 30a, and RFU 31a, they perform the same unit with the base station configuration described above with respect to FIG. 2 according to a similar function, a difference in the user work station is that it usually at a time only limited to one voice channel. 用户台基本上是以半双工方式工作,在时间分割多址联接帧的一部分上发射并在时分多路复用帧的一个不同部分上接收。 Subscriber station basically work half-duplex mode, the transmit portion of the coupling in a time division multiple access frame and receives on a different part of the time-division multiplexing frame. 利用45毫秒的帧宽度,用户台的半双工特性对使用者来说是清晰的,该使用者从呼叫连接的另一端的一方听到连续的声音输入。 Use 45 ms frame width, half-duplex feature for users of the user station is clear, the party at the other end of the call connection from the user to hear the continuous sound input. 可以将STU 27和VCU 28,以及调制解调器30a原样复制以允许多于一个用户通话。 You can STU 27 and VCU 28, and 30a copied as a modem to allow more than one user calls.

用户台的半双工运行为更有效地利用现有的用户台硬件提供了机会。 Half-duplex operation of the subscriber station for more efficient use of existing hardware provides an opportunity subscriber stations. 至少在涉及到话音数据处理的范围内、用户台VCU和CCU本质上以与基地台相同的方式起作用。 At least in the range of data processing related to voice, the subscriber station VCU and the CCU to essentially the same manner as with the base station function. 然而,调制解调器30a是设定为半双工方式工作,这样或者是使用该调制解调器的接收部分或者是其发射部分,但不在同一时间,这里最主要的节省是RFU 31a仅需要以半双工方式工作。 However, the modem 30a is set to half-duplex mode, so either use the modem to receive some or part of its launch, but not at the same time, here is the most important savings RFU 31a need only work in half-duplex mode . 这就节省功率,因为射频功率放大器在不超过一半的时间内工作。 This saves power, because the RF power amplifier to work in less than half the time. 同样,可以交换射频发送天线32a以便在使用射频天线切换功能的帧接收部分的期间内使其作为第二个接收天线来工作。 Similarly, the radio frequency transmitter antenna 32a can be exchanged in order to act as a second receiving antenna to operate over a RF antenna switching function during a frame receiving portion. 另外,并不需要天线共用器。 Further, an antenna duplexer is not required.

每一用户台还包括一个分集网络,该网络包括三个调制解调器和一个分集组合电路33。 Each user station further comprising a diversity network, the network comprises three modem and a diversity combining circuit 33. 该分级组合电路33从三个调制解调器30a、30b、30c的每一解调器收集解调了的接收信息,并将三个信号流组合形成一个单独的“最佳估算”码元流,然后将其送到CCU 29去处理。 The ranking combination circuit 33 from the three modems 30a, 30b, 30c of each demodulator demodulates the received information collected, and the resulting combination of the three signal streams of a single "best estimate" symbol stream, and then sent to CCU 29 to deal with. 三个调制解调器30a、30b、30c中的解调电路或叫解调器连接到分离的RXRFU 31a、31b、31c上并由此连接到独立的天线32a、32b、32c。 Three modems 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulation circuit is connected to the demodulator or called separate RXRFU 31a, 31b, 31c and the thus connected to a separate antenna 32a, 32b, 32c.

在基地台中,三个接收天线34a、34b和34c安置为相互间有一适当的距离,以便提供由分集网络处理的无关联的空间分集信号。 In the base station, three receive antennas 34a, 34b and 34c disposed to each other with a suitable distance, so as to provide spatial diversity by network processing unrelated diversity signal. 分集网络的工作对CCU的功能无影响,因此在任何不需要分集功能的时候均可由一个单独的调制解调器功能来代替它。 Working diversity network has no effect on the function of CCU, and therefore may be represented by a separate modem function does not need to replace it at any time diversity function.

基地台还包括用于每个发射和接收频道对的一个空间分集网络。 The base station further includes means for a spatial channel on each transmit and receive diversity network. 虽然该分集网络未示出,图2的基地台框图与图3的用户台框图中所示的相同,图3中示出了用于单个发射和接收频道对的分集网络的连接,这样,在基地台中的每一发射和接收频道对实际上包括与图3中所示的分集组合电路连接的三个解调器和一个调制解调器。 Although this diversity networks, not shown, subscriber station block diagram of FIG. 2 and FIG 3 a block diagram of a base station in the same as shown in Figure 3 shows the connection for diversity networks single transmit and receive channel pair, so that, in Each transmit and receive channels of the base station actually comprises three demodulators and a diversity combining circuit shown in Fig. 3, and a modem connection.

在整个系统中基地台和各用户台之间的精确地定时同步是关键。 In the whole system is the key to accurate timing synchronization the base station and each user station. 对于整个系统的主定时基准是由基地台提供。 Primary timing reference for the entire system is provided by the base station. 在一个给定系统中的所有用户单元都必须与这一定时基准在频率上、码元定时上和帧定时上同步。 In a given system, all subscriber units must be in the frequency, the symbol timing and the frame timing synchronized with the timing reference.

基地台包括一个系统定时单元(STIMU)35,该单元提供一个80,000 MHz的高精度定时参考时钟信号。 The base station includes a system timing unit (STIMU) 35, the unit provides a 80,000 MHz precision timing reference clock signal. 这一80 MHz参考时钟信号被分频以产生一个16 KHz时钟信号和一个22.222 Hz(45毫秒的持续时间)的帧选通标记信号。 The 80 MHz reference clock signal is divided to generate a 16 KHz clock signal and a 22.222 Hz (45 ms duration) frame strobe marker signal. 所有的基地台发射时标都是从这三个同步的主参考信号中产生。 From the primary reference standard is three synchronized signal generated when the base station transmits all. 80 MHz的时钟信号由调制解调器19和RFU 21用作IF和RF频率的精确基准。 80 MHz clock signal from the modem and the RFU 21 19 IF and RF frequencies used for accurate reference. 16 KHz的时钟信号为在所有基地台频率上的传输提供码元速率定时。 16 KHz clock signal for transmission on the frequency of all the base stations to provide the symbol rate timing. 45毫秒的标记信号用于在新的一帧中标出第一个码元。 Mark signal for 45 milliseconds in a new frame of the first winning symbol. 这一标记在一个码元时间的周期内有效(62.5微秒、等于1/16000 Hz)。 This token is valid in the period of one symbol time (62.5 microseconds, equal to 1/16000 Hz). 基地台内所有的频道均使同一时间参考进行发射。 The base station so that all channels are transmitting at the same time reference. 这三个时标信号(80 MHz、16 KHz和帧启始〔SOF〕标记)被提供给基地台中的每一调制解调器19。 These three timing signal (80 MHz, 16 KHz, and frame initiation [SOF] -labeled) is supplied to each of the base station modem 19. 调制解调器19将适当的时钟信号分配给在同一串联连接的发射和接收频道对中的CCU 18和RFU 21。16 KHz的信号和SOF标记由CCU 18用于在该频率上根据现行帧结构为话音和控制码元的发射定时。 Transmit and receive channels to the appropriate modem 19 is assigned to the same clock signal are connected in series in the CCU 18 and the RFU 21.16 KHz signal from the CCU 18 and the SOF marker used on the frequency according to the existing frame structure of speech and control timing of the transmission symbol.

基地台中的接收时标在理想情况下是与基地台的发射时标完全相同,(即在发射和接收信号之间)SOF标记和码元时钟信号应当准确地排列。 Base station reception timing in the ideal case is identical with the transmitting timing of the base station, (i.e., between the transmit and receive signals) SOF mark and the symbol clock signal should be aligned accurately. 然而,因为从用户台传输中能期望完美的时标同步。 However, since the transmission from the subscriber station can expect perfect time scale synchronization. 基地台调制解调器19的接收时标必须与来自用户台的输入码元匹配。 Base station modem reception timing 19 must match the input symbols from a user station. 要求这一点是要使基地台调制解调器19的接收功能中的取样周期为从用户台接收的码元提供最佳估计。 This requirement is to make the base station modem 19 in the reception sampling period to provide the best estimate of the subscriber station from the received symbol. 在CCU 18中与调制解调器19的接收功能相接口的一个小的弹性缓冲器对这一微小的时标偏差进行补偿。 In the CCU 18 with the modem 19 of the receiving function of interfacing a small elastic buffer of this slight timing deviation compensation.

在整个系统中各用户将它们的时间参考与基地台中的主时间基准同步。 Throughout the system each user their time reference to synchronize with the base station master time reference. 这一同步是通过一个多步规程而获得,由此用户台通过使用来自基地台的RCC信息而最初获得了基地台时间参考。 This synchronization is achieved by a multi-step procedure is obtained, whereby the subscriber station by using the RCC message from the base station and the first base station to obtain a time reference. 这一规程描述如下。 This procedure is described below.

一旦用户台从基地台最初获得了时间参考,用户台调制解调器30a、30b、30c的解调器中的一个跟踪算法即保持用户台的接收定时准确。 Once a subscriber station initially obtained from the base station time reference, the subscriber station modem 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulator in a tracking algorithm which maintains accurate timing of receiving user stations. 用户台以一个小的时间偏移量向基地台送回它自身的发射,以抵消由于用户台距离而造成的发射往复的延迟。 Subscriber station with a small time offset to the base station back to its own transmission, to offset the subscriber station caused by emission from the reciprocating delay. 这一方法使得由基地台接收的来自所有用户台的发射彼此都相隔适当的时间。 This method allows the transmission-reception by the base station from all subscriber stations are separated from each other the appropriate time.

系统定时单元(STIMU)35为基地台中的所有发射提供时间基准,STIMU 35包括一个高精度(310-9)的在80 MHz固定频率上运行的恒温控制晶体振荡器(ovenized crystal oscillator)。 System timing unit (STIMU) 35 provides a time reference for all transmission base station, STIMU 35 includes a high-resolution (3 10-9) thermostat on 80 MHz fixed frequency operation of controlled crystal oscillator (ovenized crystal oscillator). 这一基本的时钟频率在STIMU35中除以5000以形成16 KHz的码元时钟信号,再除以720以形成一个帧启始(SOF)标记信号。 This basic clock frequency divided by the STIMU35 in 5000 to form a symbol 16 KHz clock signal, and then divided by 720 to form a starting frame (SOF) marker signal. 这三个时间参考经过缓冲提供给每一基地台调制解调器。 After these three time reference buffer provided to each base station modem.

用户定时单元(SUBTU)(图3中未示出)为用户台提供了一个80 MHz的时钟信号,一个16 KHz的码元定时信号和一个45毫秒持续时间的帧标记信号。 Users timing unit (SUBTU) (not shown in FIG. 3) to provide a subscriber station 80 MHz clock signal, a symbol frame marker signal of 16 KHz timing signal, and a 45-ms duration. 除了16 KHz的时钟信号被用作用户台中的接收码元时标之外,这些信号与基地台STIMU中的信号完全相同。 In addition to 16 KHz clock signal is used as a standard user when the received symbol outside Taichung, these signals with the base station STIMU the signal identical. 16 KHz时钟信号被用作基地台中的发射定时。 16 KHz clock signal is used as a base station transmitter timing. 用户台中的发射时标是由用户台接收时标的延迟形式来提供,该延迟是由基地台和用户台之间进行的距离计算所决定的一个可变量值。 Launch time scale when the user station is received by the user to provide a delayed version of the logo from the delay between the base station and the subscriber station is determined by a calculation by a variable value.

用于用户台的时标参考信号是由一个以正常的80 MHz频率工作的电压控制晶体振荡器(VCXO)来提供。 Timing reference signal is used by a subscriber station is in a normal working frequency of 80 MHz voltage controlled crystal oscillator (VCXO) is provided. 实际的频率是由用户台调制解调器调整为按照用户RF单元输入端接收的基地台时标参考锁定的频率。 The actual frequency is adjusted by the user according to the user modem for RF unit input for receiving base station frequency standard reference lock.

协议以下的协议规定了用于系统控制,避免冲突和系统中的呼叫信号,以及发射的帧结构的规程。 Protocol The following protocol provides for system control, to avoid conflicts and the system call signal, and transmit the frame structure protocol. 在涉及到系统的部件时,除非另外指明均参见以上关于图2所述的基地台的部件。 When it comes to parts of the system, see above, unless otherwise indicated all parts with respect to Figure 2, wherein the base station.

该系统在450MHz的频谱范围内25KHz的中心上使用20KHz频带宽度的全双工频道,并且每一频道容纳几个同时通话,每一个全双工信道由相隔5MHz的一个接收频率和一个发射频率组成。 The system uses the frequency spectrum in the range of 450MHz center 25KHz 20KHz bandwidth full-duplex channels, and each channel receiving several simultaneous calls, each full-duplex channel is separated by a receiving frequency and a transmission frequency of 5MHz composition . 每一信道的较低频率被指定给基地台用于发射并叫作正向频率。 Lower frequency of each channel is assigned to the base station for transmitting and called forward frequency. 每一信道的较高频率被指定给用户台用于发射并被叫作反向频率,这样,基地台在正向频率上发射,而在反向频率上接收,对于用户台则正好相反。 Higher frequencies of each channel is assigned to the subscriber station for transmitting and is called the inverse frequency, so that the base station in the forward frequency transmitter and the receiver on a reverse frequency, the user station is just the opposite.

该系统能够提供一个在单一频率上发射高达数个话音通道的频谱有效的方法。 The system can provide an effective method of spectrum at a single frequency emission up to a number of voice channels. 这主要依赖于调制解调器的工作。 This is mainly dependent on the modem work. 调制解调器19必须以如下的方式工作,即,当其以16千码元/秒的速率按16级差分相移键控方式工作时,应提供3.2位/赫兹的效率。 Modem 19 must operate in the following manner, i.e., when it is at a rate of 16 kilo symbols / sec by 16-stage differential phase shift keying mode, should provide 3.2 / Hz efficiency.

调制解调器19是一个专用的装置,它将来自CCU 18的1,2、4或更多位码元转换为用于发射的相位调制中频载波,并在接收侧进相反过程,所有用于帧定时和方式选择的控制均由CCU 18执行,在CCU 18和调制解调器19之间的一个接口可由两个四位单向同步(16千码元/秒)数据总线(Tx和Rx)构成。 Modem 19 is a dedicated unit, it will come from 1,2,4 or more bit symbols for conversion CCU 18 to transmit the phase modulated IF carrier and on the receiving side into the reverse process, and the frame timing for all control mode selected by the CCU 18 executed in CCU 18 and an interface between the modem 19 by two four-way sync (16 thousand symbols / sec) data bus (Tx and Rx) composition. 另外,一个八位状态/控制总线为调制解调器提供控制信息并从调制解调器向CCU 18报告状态。 In addition, an eight-bit status / control bus provides control information for the modem and the modem CCU 18 report to the state. 调制解调器19还将16KHz码元主时钟信号提供给CCU 18,在基地台中这一时钟信号来自系统定时单元35中的主振荡器,整个基地台(因而整个系统)都与该定时单元同步。 19 modem will 16KHz symbol master clock signal to the CCU 18, at the base station of the clock signal from the system timing unit 35 in the main oscillator, the entire base station (hence the whole system) are synchronized with the timing unit. 在用户台中,这一时钟是由从基地台接收的输入码元中提取的。 In the subscriber stations, this clock is derived from the input received from the base station symbols extracted. 因此,所有的发射都参考基地台中的时间基准。 Thus, all the base stations are referenced to the transmit time reference. 用户调制解调器工作的一个主要功能是通过来自接收码元的定时译码使本地用户时钟信号与基地台时间参考同步。 A major function of the user's modem to work through the timing decode symbols from the received clock signal allows a local user with the base station time reference for synchronization.

调制解调器发射机调制器部分利用一个FIR数字滤波器产生波形的数字表示,该波形是用于调制射频载波,所产生的数字流转换成模拟形式并与20.2MHz的IF发射频率混合。 Modem transmitter modulator section utilizes a FIR digital filter to generate a digital representation of the waveform, the waveform is used to modulate the RF carrier, the resulting digital stream into analog form and with a 20.2MHz IF transmit frequency of mixing. 然后该信号被送给RFU进行滤波,进一步转换为射频并在发射前放大。 The signal is then sent to RFU filtering, and further converted to RF and amplified before launch.

调制解调器接收机部分的解调器获得来自RFU 21的20MHz的IF接收信号。 The receiver portion of the modem IF demodulator obtain the reception signal from the RFU 21 to 20MHz. 这一信号被向下转换为基带,然后由模/数转换器功能将其数字化。 This signal is converted down to baseband, and then by an analog / digital converter function digitized. 所产生的数字取样由一个基于微处理机的信号处理单元来处理。 Digital samples generated by a microprocessor-based signal processing unit to process. 这一功能对输入取样执行滤波器均衡和同步运算,然后将相移键控信号解调以给出16千码元/秒的码元流。 Perform this function on the input sampling filter equalization and synchronization operations, and then the phase shift keying signal demodulation to give 16K symbols / sec symbol stream. 该信号处理单元还以自训练方式起作用,该方式用于让处理单元认识用在接收流中的模拟滤波器的缺陷。 The signal processing unit also works in a self-training mode, this mode is used to allow a processing unit in the receiving stream recognize imperfections in the analog filter. 一旦信号处理单元经过训练,解调器数字均衡过程即针对模拟滤波器元件中的这些缺陷对输入取样进行补偿。 Once trained signal processing unit, i.e. the demodulator for analog digital equalization filter elements of these input samples to compensate for the defect. 这一技术允许使用不太昂贵的低精度模拟元件并为整个系统增加了解调较弱信号或有噪音的信号的能力。 This technology allows the use of less expensive low-precision analog components and increase the understanding of the whole system has the ability to tune the noise signal or weak signal.

将被解调的码元在接收功能期间以该码元速率向CCU 18输出。 The demodulated symbols during the reception at the symbol rate of the output to the CCU 18. 调制解调器19提供与这一码元流相关的定时。 Modem 19 provides a stream of symbols associated with the timing. 基地台和用户台都从输入的接收信号中提取接收功能时标。 When standard base station and the subscriber station receive functions are extracted from the received signal inputted.

以下结合图25给出调制解调器功能和运行特性的一个更详细的描述和说明。 Figure 25 shows the following combination of features and operating characteristics of the modem for a more detailed description and explanation.

每个用户的基本TDM/TDMA信道在用于每一通话的每一方向上给出一个16千比特/秒的总数,在这一信道容量中,在每一方向上均需要1.43千比特/秒的速率用于控制附加位和解调予先操作,因此话音编码译码单元VCU以14.57千比特/秒的固定数据速率工作。 Each user's basic TDM / TDMA channel in each direction for each call is given a 16 kbit / s total, in the channel capacity in each direction are required rate of 1.43 kbit / sec and demodulating the additional bit is used to control the operation beforehand, and therefore the voice codec unit VCU work at a fixed data rate 14.57 kbit / s. 这等效于每一编码译码器帧周期328位,被定义为调制解调器帧周期的一半或22.5毫秒。 This is equivalent to each of the codec frame period 328, is defined as a half or a modem frame period of 22.5 ms.

为了每一信道容纳多个通话,每一信道通过一个时分多路复用转换(TDM)方案分割为“时隙”。 In order to accommodate more calls each channel, each channel is converted by a time-division multiplexing (TDM) program is divided into "slots." 这些时隙决定了系统帧格式。 These slots determine the system frame format. 系统的帧长度由预定常数个码元组成。 Frame length system of symbols by a predetermined constant composition. 考虑到话音编码速率和由调制解调器19在每一脉冲串开始时所要求的探测码元的数目,该系统的帧持续时间已经最佳化。 Taking into account the voice coding rate and the number 19 by the modem at the beginning of each burst request detection symbols, the frame duration of the system has been optimized. 在系统帧之内的时隙数目依赖于信道的调制级。 The number of slots in the system frame depends on the modulation level of the channel. 例如,如果信道的调制级是四级相移键控调制,那么系统帧由每帧两个时隙构成,通过增加频道的调制级,增加了每一码元所编码的信息位数,因此,增加了频道的数据频率。 For example, if the modulation level of the channel is quaternary phase shift keying modulation, then the system frame consists of two slots per frame, modulation level by increasing the channel, increasing the each symbol of the encoded information bits, and therefore, increases the data frequency channel. 在16级差分相移键控调制中,系统帧分为四个时隙,每一时隙处理一个通话的话音数据速率。 In the 16-stage differential phase shift keying modulation, the system frame is divided into four time slots, each slot processing a voice call data rate. 重要的是要注意即使在较高调制级,用于调制解调器同步所要求的码元时间的数目仍保持恒定。 It is important to note that even at high modulation level, the number of symbols used for time required to synchronize the modem remains constant.

系统帧的格式保证了用户台的调制解调器从来不用于全双工的方式工作(即,发射和接收同时进行)。 System frame format ensures manner subscriber station modem never used for full-duplex (i.e., transmit and receive simultaneously). 因此,反向和正向频率上的时隙在至少一个时隙时间内被补偿。 Thus, the frequency slot on the reverse and forward in at least one time slot is compensated.

用于该系统的系统帧的持续时间被固定为45毫秒。 The duration of the system for the system frame is fixed to 45 milliseconds. 码元发射速率被固定为16千码元/秒。 Symbol transmission rate is fixed at 16K symbols / sec. 每一个码元都是在等于1/16000秒(62.5〔微秒〕)的一个相等的时间中发射,这就造成每帧固定的720个码元,自系统帧开始时编号为0到719,这720个码元中每一个可由1、2或4位信息构成,对应于2、4或16相的调制速度。 Each symbol is equal to 1/16000 seconds (62.5 [sec]) of an equal time emission, which resulted in each frame 720 fixed symbols, since the system frame starts when numbered from 0 to 719, This 720 yards of each element may be 1, 2 or 4 information composing, 2, 4 or 16 corresponds to the phase of the modulation speed.

根据构成帧的时隙调制格式,系统帧时间(45毫秒)被进一步分为2或4个时间分割的时隙,每一时隙可以是三种时隙类型中的一种:(1)无线控制信道(RCC),(2)4级话音通道和(3)16级话音通道。 Modulation format according to time slots constituting a frame, the system frame time (45 ms) is further divided into two or four time division time slot, each slot can be in one of three slot types: (1) the radio network controller Channel (RCC), (2) 4 quality voice channels and (3) 16 voice channels. RCC总是以2相调制方式发射。 RCC is always a two-phase modulation emission. 在RCC和16级话音通道时隙中每一时隙要求180个发射码元,即四分之一的系统帧周期。 In RCC and 16 voice channels slots each slot requires 180 transmit symbols, ie a quarter of the system frame period. 因为16级话音通道每个码元发射4位的信息(即24=16级),16级话音通道每时隙发射720位的信息。 Because 16 voice channels per symbol transmit 4 information (i.e., 24 = 16), 16 voice channels per timeslot 720 information. 这就等于16千比特/秒的位速率。 This is equal to the bit rate of 16 kbit / s. 这些位中的一部分被用于调制解调器的附加位和控制目的,造成一个14.57千比特/秒的话音比特率。 These bits are used for a part of the additional bit and the modem control purposes, resulting in a 14.57 kbit / s speech bit rate. 4级话音通道时隙要求360个发射码元,等于系统帧周期的一半。 4 voice channel slot requires 360 transmit symbols, the system is equal to half the frame period. 在这种时隙类型中每一码元由四个不同的相位中的一个构成,这样使每一码元发送2位(22=4相)。 In this type of slot in each symbol consists of four different phases in a composition, so that each symbol is transmitted two (22 = 4 phase). 所产生的比特率是16千比特/秒,与16级话音通道相同。 The generated bit rate is 16 kbit / s, and 16 voice channels the same. 为调制解调器附加位和控制目的保留的位数(不是码元数)是相同的,这样与16级话音通道时隙类型相同,话音信息速率仍是14.57千比特/秒。 Modem additional bits reserved for control purposes and the number of bits (not the symbol number) are identical, with 16 time slots of the same type of voice channels, voice information rate remains the 14.57 kbit / s.

在以下的五个限制条件内,任一给定频道上的系统帧可由这三种时隙类型的任何组合而构成:1.每个系统帧发射一个最大数目(720)的码元。 Within the following five restrictions, any given channel on the system frame timing by any combination of these three types of time slots to constitute: 1. Each system frame transmits a maximum number (720) of symbols. 为了实现这一点可将三种时隙类型的组合结合在一个给定的频率上。 In order to achieve this can be a combination of three types of time slots in a given combination frequency. 在基地台帧发射时未将全部频道容量填满的情况下(即,一帧中发射的码元少于720),将零码元插入以填满720个码元的帧容量。 In the case when the base station transmit frame not fill the entire channel capacity (i.e., the symbol transmitted in one frame is less than 720), the null symbol inserted to fill the capacity of the frame element 720 yards. 零码元是一个没有发射能量的码元。 Zero symbol is a symbol does not transmit energy.

2.在一个多频率基地台中只有一个频率中包括了RCC时隙类型。 2. In a multi-frequency base station is included in only one frequency RCC slot type. 在整个系统中任何给定的时刻只有一个RCC可以工作。 Throughout the system at any given time only one RCC can work. RCC工作的频率由一个系统预置参数来设定并且只有当该频道由于任何原因而不能使用时才改变该频率,该RCC时隙总是指定为系统帧的前180个码元(表示为时隙0)。 RCC working frequency controlled by a system preset parameters and is set only when the channel is not available for any reason, to change the frequency, the RCC time slot is always designated as the front 180 yards system frame element (represented too Gap 0).

3.基地台频率可以按一个恒定的发射方式工作。 3. The base station can be operated by a constant frequency of transmission. 用户台在不超过整个帧时间一半的期间内发射。 Subscriber station transmit within a period of not more than half of the entire frame time. 在以RCC或16级话音通道方式工作时,用户台在传输一个通话时仅在25%的帧时间内发射。 When in RCC or 16 voice channels manner, the user station transmits only 25% of the frame time when transferring a call. 在以4级话音通道方式工作时用户台将在50%的帧时间内发射。 When to four voice channels manner in the subscriber station will transmit 50% of the frame time. 在传输一个通话时用户台只能在任何给定的帧时间内在一个时隙内发射。 Transmitting a call when the subscriber station can only transmit at any given time slot of a frame time internal.

4.所有4级话音通道都必须在码元数0或360上开始发射。 4. All four voice channels must start transmitting on the symbols 0 or 360. 即,一个4级话音通道可包括在一帧的或者前半部或者后半部。 That is, a 4-level, or voice channels may include the first half or the latter half of one frame.

5.将正向和反向频率之间的发射进行分配以便给定时隙的反向信息在正向频率信息发射后的180个码元处开始发射,这就不会要求用户台在反向频率上发射而同时又在正向频率上接收。 5. The launch between forward and reverse frequency allocation for a given time slot in back information 180 yards yuan at the forward frequency information after launch began firing, which does not require the user sets the reverse frequency the transmitter while simultaneously receiving frequency in the forward direction.

给定了以上的限制,在以14.6千比特/秒的编码译码器速率工作时如果四个呼叫均由16级话音通道的格式所构成,在单独一个频率上可处理高达四个话音呼叫。 Given the above limitations, when the codec rate to 14.6 kbit / s format of the call by the work of four if 16 voice channels being constituted, on a single frequency can handle up to four voice call.

系统帧之内的各时隙按其在帧结构中的位置编号。 Each slot within a system frame by its position in the frame structure number. 编号系统不必是相邻的。 Numbering system does not have to be contiguous. 当一帧内的一个或多个时隙是由4级话音通道的时隙类型构成时,编号系统将“跳过”包括在较长的4级时隙中的第二个时隙期间。 When one or more time slots within one frame is composed of four voice channel slot type configuration, numbering system will "skip" a second time slot includes a longer period in the four time slots. 用于反向频率(即,用户)发射的时隙编号系统与基地台(正向频率)发射的编号是交错的,因此,在正向频率的时隙2接收信息的用户在反向频率的时隙2发射,这在时间上是半帧的偏移。 For reverse frequency (i.e., a user) transmitted slot number system with the base station (forward frequency) transmission code is interleaved, therefore, the frequency of the reception time slot 2 forward user information in the reverse frequency slot 2 emission, which is a half-frame offset in time. 表1到5示出可能的帧结构以及与每一时隙相关的编号。 Table 1-5 shows a possible frame structure and associated with each time slot number.

表1无线控制信道结构:二级相移键控正向频道: Table 1 wireless control channel configuration: two phase-shift keying Forward Channel:

←系统帧=45毫秒→←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒0 1 2 3 时隙号180 180 码元数BPSK 16-PSK 调制类型幅度调制空隙 滤波器启动 位同步方式 RCP 功能8 8 46 120 码元数反向频道:←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒2 3 0 1 时隙号180 180 码元数BPSK 16-PSK 调制类型范围1 滤波器启动 位同步方式 唯一字 RCP 范围2 功能 8 49 8 112 3- 码元数=0/1/2/3 ← system frame = 45 ms → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms slot number 0123 180 180 symbols BPSK 16-PSK modulation amplitude modulation gap filter type Start bit synchronous RCP Function 8 846,120 symbols reverse channel: ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms slot number 2301 180 180 symbols BPSK 16-PSK modulation types ranging from 1-bit synchronous mode filter start only Word RCP range two functions 8 49 8 112 3- symbol number = 0/1/2/3

表2△级话音通道帧结构正向频道←系统帧=45毫秒→←22.5毫秒→ ←22.5毫秒→0 2 时隙号360 360 码元数滤波器启动 位同步方式 编码字 VCF0 VCF1 功能8 18 6 164 164 码元数反向频道←22.5毫秒→ ←22.5毫秒→0 2 时隙号360 360 码元数滤波器启动 位同步 编码字 VCF0 VCF1 功能自动增益控制8 18 6 164 164 码元数表316级话音通道帧结构正向频道:←系统帧=45毫秒→←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒0 1 2 3 时隙号180 180 180 180 码元数滤波器启动 位同步方式 编码字 VCF0 VCF1 功能8 5 3 82 82 码元数反向频道:←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒2 3 0 1 时隙号180 180 180 180 码元数滤波器启动 位同步 编码字 VCF0 VCF1 功能自动增益控制8 5 3 82 82 码元数表4混合调制帧结构:2/16-PSK和4-PSK正向频道:←系统帧=45毫秒→←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←22.5→ 毫秒0 1 2 时隙号2/16-PSK 16-PSK 4-PSK 调制类型180 180 360 码元数反向频道:←22.5→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒2 0 1 时隙号4-PSK 2/16-PSK 16-PSK 调制类型360 180 180 码元数对每一时隙码元的描述参见图2到图6。 Table 2 △ voice grade channel frame structure of the forward channel system frame = 45 ms ← → ← 22.5 ms → ← 22.5 ms → 0 2 slot number 360 360 symbols filters Start bit synchronous code word VCF0 VCF1 function 8186 164 164 the number of symbols reverse channel ← 22.5 ms → ← 22.5 ms → 0 2 slot number 360 360 symbols filter start bit synchronization code word VCF0 VCF1 function AGC 8186164164 symbols table 316 forward voice channel frame structure Channel: ← system frame = 45 ms → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms 0123 slot number 180 180 180 180 symbols encoded filter start bit sync word VCF0 VCF1 function 8,538,282 symbols reverse channel: ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms slot number 2301 180 180 180 180 symbols filter start bit synchronization code word VCF0 VCF1 function AGC 8,538,282 symbols Table 4 hybrid modulation frame structure: 2/16-PSK and 4-PSK Forward Channel: ← system frame = 45 ms → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 22.5 → ms 012 slot No. 2/16-PSK 16-PSK 4-PSK modulation type 180,180,360 symbols reverse channel: ← 22.5 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms 201 slot No. 4-PSK 2 / 16-PSK 16-PSK modulation type 360180180 symbols for each time slot symbol description, see FIGS. 2 to 6.

表5混合调制:4-PSK和16-PSK正向频道:←22.5→ ←11.25→ ←11.25→ 毫秒0 2 3 时隙号4-PSK 16-PSK 16-PSK 调制类型360 180 180 码元数反向频道:←11.25→ ←11.25→ ←22.5→ 毫秒2 3 0 时隙号16-PSK 16-PSK 4-PSK 调制类型180 180 360 码元数参见表3。 Table 5 hybrid modulation: 4-PSK and 16-PSK Forward Channel: ← 22.5 → ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ms 023 slot No. 4-PSK 16-PSK 16-PSK modulation type 360,180,180 symbols anti- to the channel: ← 11.25 → ← 11.25 → ← 22.5 → ms 230 slot number 16-PSK 16-PSK 4-PSK modulation type 180 180 360 Table 3 for the number of symbols. 所表述的是180个码元的16级话音通道时隙类型的结构。 16 is expressed in the voice channel slot type of structural element 180 yards. 这种时隙类型的前八个码元被称为滤波器启动位。 This type of slot before the eight symbols are called filter start bit. 在每个时隙类型的开始处所包括的滤波器启动期间是一个不发射能量的时间,给调制解调器19的接收部分一段时间来清理其滤波器以便为新的时隙做准备。 During each time slot starting position including the type of filter is a non-emission energy start time, a period of time to the modem receiving section 19 to clean up its filters in order to prepare for a new time slot.

滤波器启动之后是一个位同步期间。 After the filter is a bit synchronization during startup. 在这一段时间中,发射一个简并的16级模式,该模式相当一个交替的二级(BPSK信号)相移键控信号。 During this time, the launch of a degenerate 16 mode, which is quite an alternating two (BPSK signal) phase shift keying signals. 调制解调器19的接收部分用这一区域建立调制解调器19的发射部分的相位参考。 Modem receives the modem-emitting portion 19 to establish a phase reference portion 19 with the region.

下一步,一个十二位的编码字被用于确定用户和基地台之间的同步并交换控制和状态信息。 Next, a twelve-bit code word is used to determine the synchronization and exchange control and status information between the user and the base station. 编码字被用于交换现行的连接状态,通道质量和功率以及时标调整。 The code word is used to exchange the current connection status, channel quality and power and timing adjustment. 每一个控制字用一个汉明码编成十位,该汉明码允许进行单个纠错和两个检错。 Each control word with a Hamming code compiled ten, the Hamming code allows for single error correction and two error detection. CCU18通过跟踪正确地或不正确地接收的连续码字的数字来确定同步的增益和损失;并且CCU 18将同步变化传递给基地台中的RPU20,在用户中,CCU 29将同步变化传递给STU 27。 Digital continuous code words CCU18 or incorrectly received correctly synchronized by tracking to determine the gain and loss; and CCU 18 will change synchronously transmitted to the base station RPU20, among users, CCU 29 will change synchronously transmitted to STU 27 .

汉明码在五位信息中加入五个奇偶校验位以产生一个十位代码。 Hamming parity bits added five in five information to produce a ten-digit code. 每一奇偶校验位是通过对包括由奇偶校验位所代表的数位在内的编码字位置之内的所有数位进行模二加法来计算。 Each parity bit is the number of bits by including all parity bits represented by the digital code word, including the location within the calculated modulo two adder. 尽管该编码字是以全体相邻的数据位送入的,随后跟着全体奇偶校验位,通过将各奇偶校验位安排在字内的各位置上,正好将每一位安排在该位所代表的位置上,并将数据位置入其它位置,该编码可被视为以下形式:数位的位置:1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10信息:P1P2D1P3D2D3D4P4D5P5P=奇偶校验位 Although this code word is sent to all the adjacent data bits, and then followed by all the parity bits, the parity bits by adding each arranged at each position within the word, just to arrange the bits in each bit representative of the position, and the position data into the other position, the coding can be seen as the following forms: Digital location: 12345678910 Information: P1P2D1P3D2D3D4P4D5P5P = parity bit

D=数据位P1=D1+D2+D4+D5P2=D1+D3+D4P3=D2+D3+D4P4=D5P5=全体在接收到一个编码字时,从所接收的数据位中计算出奇偶校验位并与所接收的奇偶校验位相比较。 D = data bit P1 = D1 + D2 + D4 + D5P2 = D1 + D3 + D4P3 = D2 + D3 + D4P4 = D5P5 = all when receiving a code word, the parity bits computed from the received data bits and compared with the received parity phase. 如果计算出的全体奇偶校验不同于接收的全体位,则将计算的奇偶校验位与接收的位进行“异”运算以指出错误位的地址。 If the calculated parity Unlike all received all the bits, parity bit for bit computing will be received "exclusive" operation to indicate the error bit address. 如果计算的与接收的全体位是相同的而其它四个位不相同,则检测到两个错误。 If the calculated and received all the bits are the same and the other four bits are not the same, the detection of two errors. 如果所有的奇偶校验位都相同,所接收的数据就是正确的。 If all the parity bits are the same, the received data is correct.

该时隙的其余部分包括两个话音编码译码器脉冲串,每一个包含328位信息。 The rest of the time slot comprises two voice codec bursts, each containing 328 information.

表2示出4级话音通道的结构,所存在的区别是因为某些码元的分配依赖于每一时隙为了辅助作用所要求的一个固定数目的码元,其中其它位的分配是按一个固定的位数进行的。 Table 2 shows the four voice channels of the structure, the existence of the difference is because the distribution of certain symbols is dependent on a fixed number of time slots to each of the secondary effect desired symbol, wherein the other bit allocation is based on a fixed The median conducted.

无线控制信道(RCC)用于一个双重目的,即,为用户台提供一个基础以便从基地台初始获得系统时标并且在基地台和用户之间提供频带外的信令。 Wireless control channel (RCC) for a dual purpose, i.e., to provide a basis for the subscriber station to obtain initial system timing from the base station and between the base station and the user-of-band signaling.

无线控制信道的时隙格式对于正向频道和反向频道是相同的,仅在以下方面除外。 Wireless control channel slot format for the forward channel and reverse channel are the same, except only in the following aspects. 由基地台(正向频道)发射的控制时隙的前八个码元包括一个幅值调制空隙“AMHOLE”,该空隙是一个不发射能量的期间,这一空隙由用户台专门用于识别控制通道。 By the base station (forward channel) transmitted control slot the first eight symbols comprising amplitude modulating a gap "AMHOLE", which is a non-emission energy gap period, this void by the user is used exclusively for identification control aisle. 在反向频道控制时隙的开始和结尾存在几个附加符号以便允许用户台能够将其定时中断几个码元。 In the presence of control slots of the reverse channel start and end symbols to allow a user several additional station can be timed interrupt several symbols.

所有时隙都包括八个码元的“零”传输,即滤波器启动区域,该区域使调制解调器能够清理其接收滤波器以便为新的时隙做准备。 All slots are included eight symbols of "zero" transmission, which filters start region, which causes the modem to be able to clean it receives in order to prepare for the new filter slot. 时隙的下一个字段是一个固定的同步模式。 The next field is a fixed time slot synchronization pattern. 所传输的模式是一个变化的二级相移键控信号。 The transfer mode is a variation of the two phase shift keying signal. 接收调制解调器利用这一字段建立对发射调制解调器的相位参考和频率锁定。 Using this field, the receiving modem for transmitting modem to establish a phase reference and frequency lock.

CCU 18持续地搜索一个唯一字(UW)以便识别输入的RCC信息,该唯一字是一个八码元的序列。 CCU 18 continuously searches for a unique word (UW) to identify the RCC entered information, the unique word is a sequence of eight symbols. 基地台CCU 18必须在每一个RCC时隙中进行全面的校验以便找出一个有效的RCC信息。 Base station CCU 18 must conduct a comprehensive check every RCC slot in order to find an effective RCC information. 它根据主系统定时通过在标定的UW位置附近3个码元的一个窗口内对唯一字进行扫描来执行这一任务。 It is based on the timing of the main system via a window in the vicinity of calibration UW position 3 symbols of the unique word is scanned to perform this task. 搜索运算在标定的UW位置开始并向右和向左移动一个码元直至它(1)发现了UW模式和(2)核实了一个正确的RCC检验和。 Search operations began in calibration UW position and move to the right and to the left a symbol until it (1) found that the UW pattern and (2) to verify a correct RCC checksum. 一旦(1)和(2)被满足或者所有的可能性都被排除,搜索即终止。 Once (1) and (2) are satisfied or all possibilities have been ruled out, the search is terminated. 在一个成功的搜索之后,移位信息、RCC信息和功率信息被送到RPU 20。 After a successful search, shift information, RCC information and power information is sent RPU 20.

用户台CCU 29接收到RCC数据时可处于两个方式中的一个:帧搜索或监视。 May be in the user station CCU 29 receives the RCC data two ways in which a: frame search or monitor. 帧搜索方式用于从输入的RCC数据获得接收帧定时并在失去RCC同步时被自动启用。 RCC frame search mode is used to obtain data from the received input frame timing and synchronization is enabled automatically lose RCC. 无论何时获得了接收帧同步即进入监视方式。 Whenever you get a reception frame synchronization enter monitor mode.

在处于帧搜索方式时,用户台CCU 29必须在用户台接收到一个RCC时隙之后立即对一个有效的RCC信息进行全面的校验。 After the frame when in search mode, the subscriber station CCU 29 must receive an RCC slot subscriber station immediately for an effective information to conduct a comprehensive check RCC. 象基地台CCU 18一样,它根据从调制解调器调幅空隙检测而提取的时标通过在标定的UW位置附近3个码元的一个窗口内对唯一字进行扫描来完成这一任务。 Like the base station CCU 18, as it according to the time stamp from the modem AM detection extracted by the gap in the vicinity of UW position location within a window of three symbols of the unique word is scanned to accomplish this task. 该搜索算法在标定的UW位置开始并向右和向左移动一个码元直至它(1)发现了UW模式和(2)核实了一个正确的RCC检验和。 The search algorithm starts in the calibration of the UW position and moved to the left and to the right until it is a symbol (1) found a UW pattern and (2) to verify a correct RCC checksum. 一旦(1)和(2)被满足或者所有的可能性都被排除,该搜索即终止。 Once (1) and (2) are satisfied or all possibilities have been ruled out, the search is terminated. 从一个成功的搜索中得到的移位信息被用于调整CCU产生的接收帧标记。 Shift information obtained from a successful search was used to adjust the CCU generated receive frame tag. 当上述(1)和(2)在三个连续的帧中都被满足并且UW是在其标定位置时,探测即停止,在帧探测发生时将其通知STU 27。 When and (2) are satisfied in three consecutive frames in the above (1) and UW is in its nominal position, i.e. stop detection, detection occurs when the frame notifies STU 27. 在帧搜索方式的过程中,RCC信息不送给STU 27。 In the course of the frame search mode, RCC information is not sent to STU 27.

在帧探测完成时,用户台CCU 29进入监视方式。 In the time frame to complete the probe, the subscriber station CCU 29 into the monitoring mode. 只对标定的UW位置进行校验以避免虚假的UW搜索的可能性。 UW position calibration only be verified to avoid the possibility of false UW searches. 如果在连续五帧中未检测到UW,则宣布该频道失去同步并进入帧搜索方式(这种转变应当是可能性极小的,否则系统的性质是无法接受的)。 If five consecutive frames not detected UW, then declare a loss of synchronization of the channel and into the frame search mode (the possibility of this change should be minimal, otherwise the nature of the system is unacceptable). 将这一失去同步的情况通知STU 27,在监视方式的过程中,具有正确的检验和的RCC信息和用户ID号(用户识别号SIN)被送给STU 27。 This loss of synchronization will inform the STU 27, in the process monitoring method having the correct checksum RCC information and the user ID number (user identification number SIN) is sent to the STU 27.

时隙的其它部分被用于在基地台和用户台之间交换信息。 Other time slots are used in a part between the base station and the subscriber station to exchange information. 数据部分由十二个字节组成。 Data portion constructed by twelve bytes. 数据的前八位包括一个链路字段,它传递涉及系统状态,冲突,检测的信息和保留信息。 The top eight data fields include a link, it is passed to a system status, conflict detection information and reservation information.

链路级协议的目的是检测无线控制信道上的错误信息。 The purpose of link-level protocol is to detect an error message on the wireless channel. 该连接协议还解决RCC时隙上的争议。 The connection agreement also resolves disputes on the RCC slot.

该链路字段包括“空闲发射”,“系统忙”,“冲突”,“发射检测”和“时隙保留”位。 The link field includes "free launch", "System Busy", "conflict", "emission testing" and "time slot reserved" bits. 这些位由基地台CCU 18设置并由用户台CCU 29阅读。 These bits are set by the base station 18 by the subscriber station CCU CCU 29 reading.

空闲发射位是由基地台设置以表示已经发射了一个空闲信息。 Idle launch bit is set by the base station to said that it has launched a free information. 当一个用户单元接收到设定了这样一个位的时隙时,它执行通常的同步和错误校验,但是,如果接收的信息没有错误就不送给相应的RPU20或STU 27。 When a subscriber unit receives the set such a bit slot, it performs the synchronization and error checking is usually, however, if the received message is not sent without error corresponding RPU20 or STU 27.

系统忙位表示所有话音通道都被占用并且不要再尝试新的呼叫请求(在某一固定的时间内)。 Busy bit system means that all voice channels are occupied and not to try new call request (within a fixed period of time).

冲突位解决两个或多个用户台试图在同一控制时隙内发射所引起的争议。 Conflict-bit address two or more users attempt to launch stations caused controversy within the same control slot.

发射检测位表示基地台已经检测到反向控制信道上的发射。 Emission testing indicates that the base station has detected emission reverse control channel.

时隙保留位保留了反向控制信道上的下一个时隙。 Slot reserved bits retain the next slot on the reverse channel.

数据部分的其它位被用于在呼叫建立和取消规程中寻址和交换信息。 Other bits are used to cancel the call setup and addressing procedures and exchange of the information data part. 在数据部分之后是对时隙的唯一字和数据部分进行校验的16比特循环冗余码校验(CRC)。 After the data portion of the slot is a unique word and the data part check 16-bit cyclic redundancy check (CRC). CRC用于检测在RCC信息发射过程中发生的错误。 CRC is used to detect errors that occur during launch RCC information. 该CRC算法包括用一个预定的位序列除一个数据组,并将除法的余数做为该数据组的一部分而发射。 The CRC algorithm includes a predetermined bit sequence in addition to a data set, and the remainder of the division as part of the data set is emitted. 生成该CRC的多项式具有如下形式:P(x)=1+x5+x12+x16(等式1)如果CRC确实验正了在一个接收信息上的校验,该信息在基地台中不会从CCU18送给RPU 20,或者在用户台中通过CCU 29送给STU 27。 Generates the CRC polynomial of the form: P (x) = 1 + x5 + x12 + x16 (Equation 1) If the CRC test is determined in receiving information on a check, the information is not in the base stations from CCU18 gave RPU 20, or sent to the user station STU 27 through CCU 29.

用户台首次启动并进入联机时,该用户台必须参照基地台获取系统定时和同步。 When a user sets up and goes online for the first time, the user station must get the reference base station system timing and synchronization. 这一探测是通过RCC上的发射交换机和话音通道上的一个精调装置来实现。 This probe is emitted through a fine tuning device on the switch and the voice channel on the RCC to achieve. 导致系统探测的情况如下:1.用户台首次接通电源时,系统进行初始化,而用户台CCU29向导致RCC探测的用户台调制解调器30a,30b,30c中的解调器发出一系列指令。 Cause the system to detect the situation is as follows: 1. When a user first power station, the system is initialized, and the subscriber station CCU29 to lead to the detection of RCC subscriber station modem 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulator to issue a series of commands.

2.每一调制解调器30a、30b、30c中的解调器被首先置于训练模式。 2. Each modem 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulator is first placed in the training mode. 在这段时间中,调制解调器对它的接收机数字滤波器的接收模拟特性进行训练。 During this time, the receiver receives the analog characteristics of the digital filter to its modem training. 由于时间和温度变化模拟滤波器可能会退化,每一调制解调器在训练模式中自动调整其数字滤波器系数以补偿这些退化,当CCU 29从调制解调器30a、30b、30c的解调器接收到训练序列已经完成的状态之后,该CCU将接收频率设定为暂定的RCC频率,然后CCU命令调制解调器获得该RCC频率并搜索RCC的特征幅度调制空隙。 Since time and temperature may be degraded analog filters, each modem automatically adjusts its digital filter coefficients in the training mode to compensate for the degradation, when the CCU 29 received from the modem 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulator to the training sequence has been After the completion of the state, the CCU will receive frequency is set to tentative RCC frequency, and then get the modem CCU command and search RCC RCC frequency characteristics of amplitude modulation gap. 也称作“AM hole”该调幅空隙是一个持续时间为16个码元的期间,在这一期间内从基地台开始的RCC发射不发射能量。 Also known as "AM hole" is the amplitude voids during a duration of 16 symbols, and in this period starting from the base station transmitter does not transmit energy RCC. 所有其它的发射时隙类型仅包括八个码元的“零”发射。 All other types of transmit time slots includes only eight symbols of "zero" emission. 在一个时隙脉冲串开始处的附加的八个零信息码元专门识别该脉冲串为RCC。 Burst in a time slot at the beginning of the additional information of eight zero symbols that uniquely identifies the burst as RCC.

3.调制解调器30a、30b、30c中的解调器的第一个工作是执行一个粗略的频率探测,所接收的信号在一个数字锁相环中处理并且将用户的电压控制晶体振荡器调整为基地台的发射频率。 3. The modem 30a, 30b, the first working demodulator 30c is performed a coarse frequency detection, the received signal processing in a digital phase lock loop and the user to adjust the voltage controlled crystal oscillator as a base transmission frequency station. 频率探测之后,调制解调器开始搜索调幅空隙。 After the frequency of detection, modem start searching AM voids. 调制解调器对一系列具有很小的或没有幅值的符号进行搜索。 Modem series has little or no amplitude symbols search. 当在几个帧中检测到该序列时,调制解调器认定一个“调幅选通”信号以启动CCU帧定时电路。 When detecting the number of frames in the sequence, the modem finds a "AM strobe" signal to initiate the CCU frame timing circuit. 如果未检测到调幅空隙序列,调制解调器将RCC探测不成功的情况返回到CCU。 If the sequence is not detected in the void AM, the modem will detect unsuccessful RCC returns to CCU. 然后CCU开始以相同的方式搜索另一个RCC频率。 CCU then begins in the same manner to search another RCC frequency.

4.调幅空隙检测之后,调制解调器30a、30b、30c的解调器执行精细的频率探测和初始位同步调整。 4. After a gap AM detection, the modem 30a, 30b, 30c of the demodulator performs fine frequency detection and initial bit synchronization adjustment. RCC控制时隙的前69个码元是由调制解调器用于锁定在基地台相位上(位定时的一个定常同步位格式)。 RCC control slot before the yuan is 69 yards from the base station modem is used to lock in phase (timing a bit unsteady sync bit format). 在这一点上用户台的收钟锁定是一个有用的码元时钟。 At this point the user station closing bell lock is a useful symbol clock.

5.用户台CCU 29通过来自调制解调器的调幅选通脉冲已经接收了一个粗略的码元定时调整。 5. The subscriber station CCU 29 through AM strobe from the modem has received a coarse symbol timing adjustment. 在频率探测和位同步之后CCU检查由调制解调器接收的数据并搜索RCC唯一字。 In the frequency detection and bit synchronization after CCU checks the data received by the modem and searches RCC unique word. 该唯一字给出用于该帧的绝对码元计数的参考。 The unique word for that given an absolute frame count of the reference symbol. 然后,CCU调整其码元计数器使该计数器对准这一参考。 Then, CCU adjust its symbol counter so that the alignment of the reference counter. 这时用户台即对准并锁定在基地台发射系统时标上(既有频率时标也有码元时标)。 Then the user station that is aligned and locked on the base station transmits system time scale (both frequency time scale is also the symbol time scale).

6.系统时标探测的其余部分确定基地台和用户台之间的延迟范围。 The rest of labeled probe to determine the scope of the delay between the base station and subscriber station when 6. System. 在系统中这一延迟可在0到1.2个码元时间(一路)的范围之内。 This delay in the system may be in the range of 0 to 1.2 yards cell time (way) of the. 在建立一个呼叫的过程中,用户台通过RCC向基地台送出一个信息。 In the process of establishing a call, the subscriber station to the base station sends a message through the RCC.

7.基地台调制解调器19总是在搜索新的用户脉冲串输入。 7. The base station modem 19 is always in search of new user input pulse train. 这些脉冲串可比基地台的帧主参考启始时间延迟0到3个码元时间,在每一时隙中,基地台调制解调器19中的解调器搜索反向RCC时隙上的发射。 The main frame bursts comparable reference base station start time delay 0-3 yards cell time, in each time slot, the base station modem 19 demodulates the reverse transmission search RCC time slot. 所有的时标和相位信息均在时隙的第一部分(前缀)中提取,否则时隙及其信息即被丢失。 All timing and phase information in the time slot are the first portion (prefix) to extract, or else the slot and information i.e. lost. 在接收入站控制时隙时没有第二个机会。 There is no second chance when receiving inbound control slots. 该入站控制时隙是按照RCC上的Aloha排队方案接收,该方案将在以下所列举的引导系统探测的情况之后给予描述。 The inbound control slot is to receive in accordance with the RCC on Aloha queuing scheme, the program will be given after the circumstances described in the guide listed below detection system.

8.在每一时隙的过程中,基地台调制解调器19在该时隙前60个码元中执行一个快速自动增益控制的调整和位定时估算。 8. In the course of each time slot, the base station modem 19 executes a fast automatic gain control of the position adjustment and before the time slot timing estimate 60 yards cell. 对接收部分时钟信号进行调整以补偿用户台的范围延迟。 On the part of the received clock signal to be adjusted to compensate for the range of the user station delay. 然后接收的数据被送给基地台CCU 18。 Then the received data is sent to the base station CCU 18. CCU 18检测唯一字在信号流中的位置并确定基地台与用户台之间的整个范围延迟。 CCU 18 unique word detection position in the signal flow and determines the entire range between the base station and the subscriber station delay. 调制解调器19将自动增益控制信息发送给CCU 18以便确定用户台发射功率的调整。 The modem 19 of the automatic gain control information to CCU 18 in order to determine the subscriber station to adjust transmit power. 调制解调器19还向CCU 18提供链路质量和分数的时间信息。 Modem 19 also provides the link to the CCU 18 and the mass fraction of the time information. 链路质量用于确定是否发生了冲突。 Link quality for determining whether a collision has occurred. 链路质量的不良测量表明信号不具有好的质量,最可能是由于在RCC时隙上由多个用户同时进行发射。 Indicate poor link quality measurement signal does not have good quality, most likely due to the RCC time slot to transmit simultaneously by multiple users. 分数时间估算值是由调制解调器19计算的基地台和用户台之间分数的范围延迟的值。 Fractional time estimate is between scores calculated by the modem 19 base stations and subscriber stations range of delay values.

9.这一功率和范围延迟信息由CCU 18处理并送往RPU20。 9. The power and scope of information processing delays by CCU 18 and sent RPU20. RPU 20将这一信息形成RCC结构并通过RCC控制时隙将这一信息传递给用户。 RPU 20 to the information structure is formed by RCC RCC control slot will pass this information to the user. 用户台CCU 29将这一信息解码并对发射功率和调制解调器30a、30b、30c和CCU 29中的范围延迟计数器进行所要求的调整。 Subscriber station CCU 29 decodes this information and the transmission power and the modem 30a, the range 30b, 30c and CCU 29 in the delay counter performing the required adjustment. CCU 29更新其自身发送的帧整数码元计数器并更新调制解调器的发射时钟分数延迟计数器。 CCU 29 to update its entire digital element frame counter and update the modem itself sends transmit clock fractional delay counter.

10.在对一个用户台的呼叫连接过程中,基地台RPU 20为话音呼叫规定频率和时隙分配。 10. In the call connection process for a subscriber station, the base station RPU 20 for voice calls a predetermined frequency and slot allocation. 这一信息是通过RCC传递,并且用户台CCU 29调整接收频率并命令调制解调器开始话音时隙的检测。 This information is passed through the RCC, and the subscriber station CCU 29 to adjust the frequency and receive voice commands modem slot start testing. 自动增益控制,时标和频率信息从RCC运行中被携带到话音通道运行。 AGC, the time scale and frequency information from the RCC operation is carried to the voice channel operation. 由于系统中所有频率都与基地台中的同一个帧定时参考同步,所以这是可能的。 Because the system in all frequencies with the same reference frame timing synchronized base stations, so it is possible.

11.为了精确地确定用户台时标,在每一话音连接开始时完成一个精调规程。 11. In order to accurately determine when the user logo, to complete a fine adjustment procedure at the beginning of each speech connection. 在精调状态过程中,通过话音通道的通讯与控制信道类似,调制级是二级相移键控而信息是处于RCC格式,但在基地台不产生“调幅”空隙,这些新的RCC信息仅在CCU 18和29之间交换。 In the process of the fine adjustment state, by communication with the control channel is similar to the voice channel, modulation level is the second phase shift keying and the information is in the RCC format, but the base station does not have a "AM" voids, these new RCC information only In exchange between the CCU 18 and 29. 在基地台中调制解调器19被置于精调方式中,而在用户台中调制解调器30被置于入站控制方式中。 The modem at the base station 19 is placed in the fine adjustment mode, and in the user station 30 is placed in the inbound modem control mode. 在精调过程中,用户台CCU 29产生一个消息,其中的绝大部分包含一个固定的数位模式以及一个可变的部分,该部分表明对从基地台先前接收的消息被接受或拒绝的情况。 In the fine-tuning process, the subscriber station CCU 29 generates a message, which contains a fixed number of majority-bit mode and a variable part, the part that things from the base station to a previously received message is accepted or rejected. 基地台调制解调器19将从每一接收时隙的时标和功率调整送给CCU 18。 19 from each base station modem receiving slot time scale and power adjustment to the CCU 18. 功率调整被连续地送给用户台。 Power is continuously adjust to the user station. 表明精调方式的继续或完成的时标调整和控制信息在一个计算期间后被送出。 Show continues to fine-tune the way or completion time scale adjustment and control information sent in after a calculation period. 基地台CCU 18在30帧内从调制解调器19收集时标调整,计算一个平均数然后将该调整值送给用户台CCU 29。 Base station CCU 18 in frame 30 to adjust the time scale collected from the modem 19, and then calculate an average of the adjusted value to the subscriber station CCU 29. 然后由基地台CCU 18执行另外30帧的精调运算,将结果再次送给用户台CCU 29。 Then perform another 30 fine tuning operation by the base station CCU 18, the results again to the user station CCU 29. 精调阶段由基地台CCU18终止,当从调制解调器19接收的调整值的变化是在一个可接受的范围内(如1%时),或者在精调期间已经达到一个最大时间时,话音连接即开始。 Fine adjustment phase is terminated by the base station CCU18, when the adjustment value is changed from the modem 19 is received within an acceptable range (e.g. 1%), or during the fine adjustment has reached a maximum time, i.e., start voice connection .

在呼叫建立和取消的过程中,用户台经过反向RCC时隙发送消息与基地台通信。 In the call set-up and cancel the process, the user station through a reverse RCC slot to send a message to communicate with the base station. 试图通过RCC的用户台话务量分配本质上的特征可以认为是随机的。 Trying to assign the subscriber station traffic by RCC features can be considered essentially random. 当用户台希望向基地台发射一个消息时,由于多个用户台可能试图在同一时隙内发射,某种形式的控制机构必须判定允许哪一个用户台发射。 When the subscriber station wishes to transmit a message when the base station, due to the plurality of subscriber stations may attempt to transmit in the same time slot, must be some form of control mechanism which allows a subscriber station determines transmit. 分时隙的Aloha方案正好适用于大数量的用户台要求相对不太频繁地随机利用RCC信道的情况。 Slotted Aloha scheme well-suited for a large number of subscriber stations require relatively less frequent cases of random use RCC channel.

分时隙的Aloha方案允许用户台在指定的RCC时隙中发射信息,这与其它用户台是否也试图在同一控制时隙中发射完全无关。 Slotted Aloha scheme allows the subscriber station to transmit information in the designated slot RCC, which is also trying other subscriber stations transmit at the same control completely unrelated slot. 这一独立行动的自然结果是来自不同用户台的信息可以在同一时间发射因而造成冲突。 Natural result of this operation is independent of information from different user stations may transmit at the same time resulting in a conflict. 为了处理冲突,该方案要求由基地台在正确接收到用户台的信息之后送出一个肯定的认可(ACK)。 Send a positive recognition (ACK) to deal with the conflict, the program requires correctly received by the base station to the subscriber station after information. 如果在由发射和每一方向上处理延迟所要求的最大分配时间(大约1-2个帧时间)之内未接收到该认可,用户台必须重新发射信息。 If the processing by the transmitter and the delay required for each direction of the maximum allocation time (approximately 1-2 frame times) is not received within the recognition, the subscriber station must retransmit the information. 重新发射也可由用户台接收认可时的错误而引起。 Re-launch also be wrong when the subscriber station receives recognition caused. 总之,用户台不能确定问题的原因。 In short, the subscriber station can not determine the cause of the problem. 这样,由用户台在重新发射信息之前选定一个随机延迟,以避免与可能在前一次冲突中涉及的其他发送方案重复地冲突。 Thus, by the subscriber station before re-transmitting information to select a random delay, in order to avoid possible conflict of the previous other transmission scheme involved repeated conflicts.

在一个Aloha方案中出现的复杂情况是:如果随机的重新发射延迟不是足够长,频道可能变得不稳定。 In a complex situation Aloha scenario is this: If the random re-launch delay is not long enough, the channel may become unstable. 这种情况发生时,频道被重新发射所阻塞而通过量降为零。 When this occurs, the channel is blocked and re-emitted by the amount of zero. 一种后退技术,即通过对每一用户台随着连续的重新发射而增加其平均随机重新发射延迟,可使这种问题发生的可能性变为最小。 A back technique, i.e., for each user station with successive retransmissions to increase the average stochastic delay by retransmission, the possibility of such a problem can occur is minimized.

冲突重新发射的应用和连接延迟的稳定性控制是由于这些延迟一般是按地域分布的。 Stability control applications and connection delay is due to the conflict to re-launch these delays are typically geographically distributed. 为了避免延迟的大变动,就必须以一个显著小于36%的利用率操作该频道。 In order to avoid delays big changes, it must operate the channel with the utilization of a significantly smaller than 36%.

特别是,一个20%或更小的利用率使由于冲突而必须进行多次重新发射不大可能发生了。 In particular, a 20% or less due to the utilization of so conflict is unlikely to be re-transmitted several times occurred. 对于45毫秒的帧,比如说,利用八帧时间的随机延迟,对一个重新发射的总平均延迟就是450毫秒(即,平均起来该延迟包括:原始发射的一帧延迟,加上认可的一帧延迟,加上八帧的随机延迟)。 For the 45 millisecond frame, for example, the use of eight random time delay for a retransmission of the total average delay is 450 milliseconds (i.e., the average delay includes: a delay originally transmitted, together with a recognition delay, plus eight random delay).

为了确保利用率不大于20%,我们必须考虑到;每一用户的呼叫请求之间的平均时间T,用户的总数N,和对于取值小于36%的帧时间F,利用率由NF/T给出。 To ensure that no more than 20% utilization, we must take into account; the average time between calls for each user of T, the total number of users N, and for values of less than 36 percent of the time frame F, the utilization of the NF / T given. 对于F=45毫秒,N=1000用户,和T=30分钟,利用率是2.5%。 For F = 45 ms, N = 1000 users, and T = 30 minutes, the utilization rate is 2.5%.

这样,对于20%的最大利用率值,一个总数为1000的用户,每一用户平均每半分钟进行一次呼叫,这些用户可由45毫秒的帧时间来支持,并在要求一个重新发射时有大约45毫秒的连接延迟,和大约70-80毫秒的平均连接时间。 Thus, for maximum utilization of the value of 20%, a total of 1000 users, each user on average once every half minute call, these users may be 45 ms frame time to support, and when a request to re-transmit at around 45 connection millisecond delay, and average connection time of about 70-80 milliseconds. 为低得多的平均延迟所付的代价是增大的延迟变化,对于20%或更小的利用率,该变化应当很少超过两个重新发射时间,即一秒钟。 At the expense of a much lower average delay is paid increased delay variation, 20% or less for the utilization, the change should rarely more than two re-transmission time, i.e., one second.

Aloha方案的方法表明为很适用于具有很大的用户总数而在控制信道上用户请求相对地不太频繁的随机连接系统,并且,对于所期望的通用参数该方案能允许实现设计目标为小于一秒的接通延迟。 The method of Aloha scheme is shown to be well suited to having a large total number of users and user request on the control channel is relatively infrequent random connection system, and, for the desired generic parameters of the program allow the design goals for less than one second on-delay. 与此相反,定时轮询和固定的时分多路寻址技术则给出了不可接受的延迟。 In contrast, the timing and the fixed polling time division multiplexed addressing techniques is given unacceptable delay.

呼叫处理的所有阶段,包括呼叫建立,呼叫的切断,和时隙连接,均要求通过控制信道和/或话音时隙的控制部分的信息交换。 All stages of call processing, including call setup, the call is cut off, and slot connections, require information control section via a control channel and / or voice time slot exchange. 以下结合用户台处理和基地台处理,描述呼叫处理的不同阶段。 The following combination of subscriber station and base station processing treatment, describing the different stages of call processing.

由用户台向基地台发出的每一个呼叫,必须在呼叫请求消息中提供用户台的用户识别号(SIN)和拨号数字这两个呼叫控制项目。 Each call is initiated by the user station to the base station, you must provide a user identification number of the subscriber station (SIN) and dialed digits both call control projects in the call request message. 在用户台对用户台呼叫的情况下,使用者将号码拨入用户台存储器内的一个寄存器中。 In the case of a subscriber station to subscriber station calls, the user will dial the number of a register within the memory of the subscriber station. 使用者通过按下发送键或允许一个暂停时间而启动与基地台的通信。 Users communicate by pressing the send key or a pause to allow time to start with the base station. 只有在号码完全被收集并存储在用户台中时才使用发射频道。 Only numbers are completely collected and stored until use in the subscriber stations transmit channels. 这样,顾客可以用低速度拨号而不会占用宝贵的无线控制信道(RCC)的带宽或时间。 In this way, customers can use the low-speed dial-up and will not take up valuable radio channel (RCC) bandwidth or time.

由用户台和基地台产生以便在两个用户台之间建立连系的消息序列在图4中示出。 Generated by the subscriber station and the base station in order to establish the sequence of messages associated with the user station between the two is shown in FIG. 4. 控制信道链路级协议被用于校验由于频道错误而产生的不同错误情况。 Channel link-level protocol to be used in different situations checksum error arising due to channel errors. 进而,由基地台在反向控制频率上接收的信息在正向控制频率的下一个控制时隙中被自动地认可。 Further, by the base station receives the reverse control on the forward control frequency information in the next control slot frequency is automatically recognized. 以下各段对在两个用户台之间建立呼叫的信息交换提供了一个简要描述。 Following the establishment of a call between two subscriber stations information exchange provides a brief description of each segment.

当基地台在控制信道上从一个用户台A接收到一个呼叫请求时,它首先校验所接收的用户识别号(SIN)中的错误。 When the base station on a control channel received from a subscriber station A to a call request, it first check the received user identification number (SIN) errors. 如果SIN有错误,该信息被除掉。 If SIN error, the information is removed. 没有一个有效的SIN,基地台就不知道谁发出的消息。 Does not have a valid SIN, the base station does not know who sent the message. 如果拨号数字不正确或不完整,基地台在正向控制频道的频率上向请求用户台A送出一个“清除指示”消息连同指明问题的状态消息。 If the dialed digits is incorrect or incomplete, the base station on the forward control channel frequency to the requesting user station A sends a "clear indication" message along with a status message indicating the problem.

如果起始尝试是正确的并且被允许(即目的单元不忙),将话音通道分配给发端用户台A,并且基地台在正向控制频率上向目标用户台B以一个输入呼叫消息的形式送入一个“传呼”(page)。 If the starting attempt is correct and is allowed (i.e., the destination unit is not busy), the assigned voice channel to the originating user station A, and the base station in the forward control frequency to the target user station B to an incoming call message is sent in the form of into a "paging" (page). 如果目标用户台B在两个尝试后不用一个“呼叫接收”消息回答该“传呼”或者通过一个清除请求消息送回一个忙情况指示,则基地台向发端用户台A发射一个“清除指示”消息连同忙状态消息(即,目标单元摘机)或者目标用户台不回答该“传呼”。 If the target subscriber station B after two attempts without a "call reception" message to answer the "paging" or by a clear request message back indicating a busy situation, the base station A to the originating user station transmitting a "clear indication" message together with the busy status messages (ie, the target cell-hook) or the target user station does not answer the "paging."

如果目标用户台B接受了输入呼叫,则有一个“呼叫接受”消息被发射回基地台并分配话音通道。 If the target user station B accepts the incoming call, then there is a "call to accept the" messages are transmitted back to the base station and assigned voice channel. 在达到话音通道同时,目标用户台B产生一个在目标用户台B处可听到的铃音并且还通过话音通道向起始用户台A产生“回铃”音频。 Reaching voice channels simultaneously, the target user station B generates a target subscriber station B at audible tone and a "ringback" audio to the originating user station A through voice channel.

当目标用户台B进入摘机状态时,话音时隙的控制部分从一个同步一响铃指示变为一个同步一摘机指示,并通过基地台在两个用户台之间的话音通道上提供“呼叫进行”消息。 When the target user station B go off-hook state, the control section from a synchronous voice slot a bell indicating a hook into a synchronous instruction provided by the base station on the voice channel between the two subscriber stations. " call proceeding "message. 在这一时刻,目标用户台B终止可听到的铃响并切断话音通道上的“回铃”音频。 At this time, the target subscriber station B terminates audible ringing and cut "ringback" voice channel audio. 这时电路即完成,可以开始话音/数据交换。 Then the circuit is complete, you can start a voice / data exchange.

向一个外部电话发出一个呼叫是按呼叫另一个用户台的同样方式进行。 Issued a call to an external telephone call is the same way another user stations were. 用户台只需拨出所希望的数字并按下发送键或等待停止时间过去,这就向基地台产生出一个发射请求消息。 Subscriber station only allocated the desired number and pressing the send key or wait stop time in the past, to the base station which generates a transmit request message. 基地台决定是否传呼另一个用户台或者占用一个外部中继线。 Base station to another user station paging decide whether or occupy an external trunk. 在目前的情况下是占用一个外部中继线,并将拨号数字在中继线上用脉冲输出。 In the present case is an external trunk occupancy, and the dialed digits on trunk pulse output. 在数字由脉冲输出的同时,分配了发端用户台的话音频率。 While the digital output from the pulse, the frequency distribution of the speech originating user station. 用户台接收到CALL-CONNECT(呼叫连接)消息时,它改变频率并将其自身同步到指定的话音通道上。 When the user station receives the CALL-CONNECT (call connection) message, it changes the frequency and synchronize itself to the specified voice channel. 一旦话音通道准备好,用户台的手持话机由于本地挂机而脱离连接并与外部中继线连接。 Once the voice channel is ready, the subscriber station handset on-hook and off due to the local connection and connected to an external trunk. 从这一时刻起,目标电话公司的中央局产生出所有的呼叫进行音。 From that moment, the telephone company's central office goal to produce all the call progress tones.

一个输入的外部呼叫占用进入基地台的一根中继线。 Call an external input into the base station occupies a trunk. 发端中央局通过直接向内拨号(DID)中继线向基地台送入2到5个数字(识别出目标用户台的唯一数字SIN)如果被叫号的用户台不忙,基地台通过RCC向相应的用户台送出一个PAGE(传呼)消息。 Originating central office via direct inward dialing (DID) trunks to the base station into the 2-5 digit (identify the target user station's unique number SIN) If the called number is busy subscriber station, the base station through to the appropriate RCC the subscriber station sends a PAGE (paging) message. 可以发生三种可能的情况。 Three possible scenarios can occur. 第一,用户台接受了输入呼叫并且进入下述处理。 First, the user accepts the incoming call station and enter the following processing. 第二,未接到任何反应,在这种情况下,基地台将传呼过程重试两次。 Second, did not receive any response, in this case, the base station paging process will retry twice. 如果基地台用尽了重试计数而没有从用户单元得到回答。 If the base station exhausted retry count and did not get the answer from the user unit. 则在发端单元中产生一个“回铃”音。 Then produce a "ringback" tones in the originating unit. 第三种情况是用户台正处于繁忙拨号(即摘机),并且要在控制信道上返回一个CLEAR-REQUEST(清除请求)消息。 The third case is a subscriber station is in a busy dialing (ie hook), and to return to the channel a CLEAR-REQUEST (clear request) message. 在这种情况下,向发射用户台发回一个忙音。 In this case, the subscriber station sends back to the transmitter a busy tone.

在一个成功的PAGE(传呼)请求的情况下,话音信道被确定,在目标用户台的手持话机产生外部铃响的同时从用户台向起始方产生出一个可听到的“回铃”音,当目标用户台回答该呼叫时(即,基地台检测到一个挂机到摘机的转变),外部铃响和信道“回铃”信息均被取消。 In the case of a successful PAGE (paging) request, a voice channel is determined, while generating an external rings in a target subscriber station from the subscriber station handset produce an audible "ringback" tone to the starting side When the target user station to answer the call (ie, the base station detects a change-hook to off-hook), the external rings and channel "ringback" information were canceled. 在这时,话音通道准备好进行通话。 At this point, the voice channel is ready to make a call.

正常的呼叫终止是由用户进入挂机而产生。 Normal call termination is produced by the user into the hook. 基地台通过话音通道的控制部分检测到这一摘机到挂机的转变。 Base station detected by the control section of the voice channel to shift to this hook hook. 在检测到这一转变时,基地台重新分配话音通道。 Upon detection of this shift, the base station redistribute the voice channel. 直到基地台查出用户台在该通道上失去同步时之前,该通道不得再次被使用。 Until the base station detect a loss of synchronization when the subscriber station on the channel, the channel may not be used again. 如果被切断的呼叫是针对另一个用户台,一个挂机指示在话音通道的控制部分中被送往第二用户台。 If the call is cut off for another user station, a hook indication in the control part of the voice channel is sent to the second user station. 用户台将它们自身重新与RCC发射同步并向基地台送出CLEAR-REQUEST(清除请求)消息。 User station will launch their own re-sync with the RCC sent to the base station CLEAR-REQUEST (clear request) message.

呼叫的终止还发生在基地台与用户台失去无线电接触后五秒钟时。 Termination of the call also occurred in five seconds after the base station and subscriber station lost radio contact.

话音连接可以由于目标接收机中的衰减或频道干扰而被“丢失”在用户台和基地台对下列情况进行校验以确定是否连接遇到了问题,即,从用户台或基地台接收机返回的链路质量值低于进行连续接收的一个预定阈值;或对几个连续的发射检测到字同步的丢失。 Voice connection can be due to the target receiver attenuation or channel interference is "lost" in the subscriber station and the base station for the following conditions can be verified to determine whether the connection problems are encountered, i.e., from the subscriber station or the base station receiver returns to the link quality value is below a predetermined threshold value were continuously received; or to launch several successive loss of sync word is detected.

由基地台发出的消息向所有正在工作的用户台播出。 Messages sent by the base station, broadcast to all users at work. 这些消息由基地台通过无线控制信道发射。 These messages from the base station transmitted via the wireless control channel. 播出消息的目的是通知所有正在工作的用户台系统运行中的变化(即,RCC频率的变化,或对调制解调器进入自检测状态的指令等)。 The purpose of the broadcast message is to inform all users of changes in the operation stage system is operating (i.e., changes in the frequency of RCC, or entering a command from the modem detection status, etc). 这些消息不由用户台认可。 These messages help subscriber station recognized.

远程连接处理器(RPU)RPU在基地台的结构内作为控制计算机而起作用;如图2中所示,它与CCU 18连接(CCU 18与无线电设备进行通讯)并且它还与PBX 15连接。 Remote connection handler (RPU) RPU within the structure of the base station that functions as a control computer; shown in Figure 2, which is connected with the CCU 18 (CCU 18 with the radio communication equipment) and it is connected with the PBX 15.

RPU 20协调无线电呼叫处理所必须的机能。 RPU 20 to coordinate necessary radio call processing functions. RPU 20与用户台,PBX 15以及CCU 18交换消息,以便进行连接和解除连接。 RPU 20 and subscriber stations, PBX 15 and the CCU 18 to exchange messages for connection and releasing connections. 在呼叫处理功能中包括无线电频道的分配和重新分配。 Including the allocation and reallocation of radio channels in the call processing functions. RPU 20还维持一个反映系统当时情况的数据库,该数据库包括了系统内关于设备,用户台,连接和无线电频道信息。 RPU 20 also maintains a database to reflect the circumstances of the system, the database includes the system on the device, the user sets the connection and radio channel information.

当RPU从PBX呼叫处理器24接收到一个来自外线的呼叫消息时,或者来自一个用户而其呼叫目标在于一个外线电话或另一个用户的呼叫消息时,即开始建立呼叫。 When RPU receives a message from an outside call from the PBX call processor 24, or from a user and their goal is to call an outside phone call or a message to another user, that is the beginning of the establishment of the call. 来自一个用户的通讯经过一个基地台CCU 18从无线控制信道(RCC)进入,RPU 20分配一个话音通道并与用户台PBX 15和CCU 18交换信息,以便建立连接。 Traffic from a user through a base station CCU 18 from the wireless channel (RCC) to enter, RPU 20 allocates a voice channel and the subscriber station PBX 15 and CCU 18 to exchange information in order to establish a connection.

解除连接是由一个从PBX 15或用户接收的表明电话已经挂上的消息或来自CCU 18表明该无线电频道上已失去同步的消息开始。 Connected by a lift from the PBX 15 or the user receives a message indicates that the phone has hung up or from the CCU 18 indicates that a message has been out of sync on the radio channel begins. RPU将解除连接通知给CCU 18和PBX 15,并且RCC被重新分配。 RPU will be notified to the CCU 18 undocking and PBX 15, and RCC were reassigned.

RPU软件执行下列功能:1.处理那些控制着呼叫建立,呼叫取消和频道分配的用户,CCU和PBX的消息; RPU software performs the following functions: a deal with those who control the call setup, call cancellation and channel assigned users, CCU and PBX messages;.

2.预置和维持一个读/写系统数据库; 2. presets and maintain a read / write system database;

3.支持一个允许系统查询和系统手动控制的系统控制台; 3. Support a query and the system allows the system to manual control of the system console;

4.通过在一个9600波特的异步串行接口上支持基带控制信道(BCC)的通信协议来操作BCC接口; 4. By supporting baseband channel on a 9600 baud asynchronous serial interface (BCC) BCC communication protocol to operate interface;

5.通过支持PBX信息协议来操作PBX接口;并且6.保持一个业务处理记录,该记录提供诊断和原始计费数据。 5. Support Information Protocol PBX PBX interface to operate; and 6. Keep a business deal record, which provides diagnostic and raw billing data.

RPU软件支持一个对PBX呼叫处理器24的串行接口。 RPU software supports one pair of PBX call processor serial interface 24. 它还支持在基地台结构中对每一CCU 18的串行接口。 It also supports the structure at the base station for each CCU 18 serial interface.

RPU硬件包括一个基于Motorola Model 68000的通用计算机,该机器配有一兆字节的随机存取存储器(RAM)和十兆字节非破坏性硬盘存储器。 RPU hardware includes a general-purpose computer-based Motorola Model 68000, the machine is equipped with one megabyte of random access memory (RAM) and non-destructive Shizhao byte hard disk storage. 一个系统控制台和支持八个异步串行数据接口的单元组成I/O。 A system console and supports eight asynchronous serial data interface unit consisting of I / O.

如图5中所示,RPU软件包模拟了一个系统、该系统包括一个调度模块40,BCC接口模块41a、41b……41n,一个PBX接口模块42,一个控制台模块43,一个记录模块44,一个消息处理模块(MPM)45,和一个数据库模块46。 Shown in Figure 5, RPU package simulates a system, the system includes a scheduling module 40, BCC interface module 41a, 41b ...... 41n, a PBX interface module 42, a console module 43, a recording module 44, a message processing module (MPM) 45, and a database module 46.

除了数据库模块46之外,所有的模块都由调度模块40调入运行,这些模块相互间通过一个信箱系统进行通信,数据库模块46根据一个子程序包在数据库中存取信息。 In addition to the database module 46, all of the modules run by the scheduling module 40 transferred, these modules to each other via a mail system for communication, the database module 46 according to a subroutine packet access information in the database.

调度模块40为RPU软件提供了主线编码。 Scheduling module 40 for RPU software provides mainline code. 它对所有其它模块的调度和启动负责。 It all started scheduling and other modules responsible. 它还对维持事件计时器和信箱负责,该信箱允许相互间通信和内部处理通信。 It also is responsible for maintaining event timers and mailbox, the mailbox allows communication and internal processing of communication with each other.

BCC接口模块41a,……41n支持一个串行异步接口和一个链路级协议。 BCC interface module 41a, ...... 41n support an asynchronous serial interface, and a link-level protocol. 它们还监视与CCU 18通信的状态。 They also monitor the status CCU 18 communication.

PBX接口模块42支持一个对PBX呼叫处理器24的串行异步接口。 PBX interface module 42 supports one pair of PBX call processor asynchronous serial interface (24).

控制台模块43提供一个系统操作接口,该接口允许对系统状态进行查询和修改以及RPU 20和系统其它部分之间的消息交换。 Console module 43 provides an operating system interface, which allows the system to query and modify the state as well as 20 and RPU message exchange between the rest of the system.

记录模块44为诊断和系统分析的目的提供原始业务处理信息。 The original recording module 44 provides business process and information systems for diagnostic analysis purposes.

消息处理模块45处理所有接收的RCC,BCC和PBX消息。 Message processing module 45 handles all RCC, BCC and PBX messages received. 它执行PBX 15不执行的所有用户呼叫的设立和取消以及无线电频道的分配,它还包括监视CCU 18的状态的背景任务。 It performs allocation of radio channels as well as the establishment and cancellation of the user's call is not performed for all PBX 15, further comprising monitoring the background task state CCU 18.

数据库模块46为呼叫处理所要求的所有数据结构提供一个统一的接口。 Database module 46 provides a unified interface for all data structures required for call processing.

RPU数据库包括描述系统配置的结构,该结构包括所有用户和所有无线电频道的状态信息。 RPU database includes structure describes the system configuration, the structure includes state information for all users and all radio channels. 这些结构被描述如下:RPU数据库包括用于系统中每一CCU 18的一个基带控制信道(BCC)数据结构。 These structures are described as follows: RPU database system comprises a base-band control channel for each CCU (BCC) 18 data structure.

一个用户识别表(SIN表)包括所有的有效用户的一个分类表。 A user identification table (SIN table) includes all valid users a classification table. 该表被分类以便于检查用户有效性。 The table is classified in order to check the validity of the user. 对系统中的每一个用户,SIN表中都有一项。 For each user in the system, SIN table has a.

RPU软件执行部分用户单元的呼叫处理。 RPU software performs call processing part of the user unit. 该处理是在消息处理模块进行。 This processing is performed at the message processing module. 呼叫处理是通过MPM 45,PBX模块42以及全部BCC模块41之间的消息交换而完成。 Call processing through the exchange of messages 41 between the MPM 45, PBX module 42 and the entire module BCC completed.

从一个用户台发出一个电话呼叫这一部分简要说明对一个用户发出电话呼叫的正常呼叫建立规程。 Send a phone call this part of the brief description of the issue normal telephone call set-up procedure for a call from one user station. 一个用户(“发端用户”)进入摘机状态,拨出一个有效电话号码(“目标”的电话号码)并按下发送钮或等待暂停时间过去。 A user ("originating user") go off-hook, dial a valid phone number (the "target" of the phone number) and press the send button or wait for the pause time in the past. 发端用户台经控制信道向基地台送出一个CALL REQUEST(呼叫请求)消息。 Originating user station via a control channel sends a CALL REQUEST (call request) message to the base station. RPU的BCC模块41接收该CALL REQUEST消息并将其送往MPM 45。 RPU The BCC module 41 receives the CALL REQUEST message and sent MPM 45. MPM 45进行某些简单的拨号数字确认,并向PBX模块42送出一个RADIO REQUEST(发射请求)消息,该模块再将消息送往PBX呼叫处理器24。 MPM 45 digit dialing to make some simple confirmation, sent to the PBX module 42 a RADIO REQUEST (transmit request) message, then the message is sent to the module PBX call processor 24. PBX呼叫处理器24确认该拨号数字并向RPU 20送回一个PLACE CALL(安排呼叫)消息。 PBX call processor 24 to confirm the dialed digits to the RPU 20 back to a PLACE CALL (arrangements call) messages. MPM 45为发端用户指定一个话音时隙。 MPM 45 for the originating user to specify a voice slot. MPM 45向包括指定给该发端用户台的话音时隙的CCU 18产生一个CHANGE CHANNEL(改变频道)指令。 MPM 45 designated to include to the originating user station's voice slot CCU 18 generates a CHANGE CHANNEL (change the channel) instruction. MPM 45为发端用户台产生一个CALL CONNECT(呼叫连接)指令,该指令为发端用户台指定话音频率和时隙。 MPM 45 for the originating user station to generate a CALL CONNECT (call connection) instruction, which specifies the voice for the originating user station frequency and time slot. MPM 45为PBX呼叫处理器24产生一个ALLOCATE(分配)消息,该信息告诉PBX呼叫处理器24分配一个消息通道。 MPM 45 for PBX call processor 24 generates an ALLOCATE (assignment) message, the message tells PBX call processor 24 is assigned a message channel. 在这时,发端用户台即完全设立。 At this point, the originating user station that is fully established. 正是在这时等待一个通过PBX交换矩阵28到“目标”的连接。 It is at this time waiting for a connection matrix 28 to the "target" by the PBX exchange. 该“目标”即可以是另一个用户台或是一个必须通过电话公司中继线14而接通的电话机,两者并无区别。 The "target" that could be another subscriber station or a phone must be turned on by the telephone company trunks and 14, there is no difference between the two.

在一个用户台上接收一个呼叫这一部分简要地讨论了如何处理对一个用户台输入的呼叫。 In a user receives a call this part of the stage briefly discussed how to handle an incoming call subscriber station. PBX呼叫处理器24确定一个电话呼叫的目标为一个用户台。 PBX call processor 24 to determine the target of a telephone call to a user station. 该PBX呼叫处理器24产生一个INCOMING CALL(输入呼叫)消息。 The PBX call processor 24 generates an INCOMING CALL (incoming call) messages. 该消息中包括有关输入呼叫的性质的信息,特别是该呼叫是否来自一个外部中继线14或来自另一用户台。 This message contains information about the nature of the incoming call, in particular whether the call from an external trunk 14 or from another user station. RPU和PBX模块42从PBX呼叫处理器24接收该PBX信息并将其送往MPM 45。 RPU module 42 PBX and PBX call processor 24 receives information from the PBX and sent to MPM 45. 如果呼叫是来自另一个用户台,MPM 45设立“发端”和“目标”用户台双方的用户至用户索引,并指令所涉及的CCU 18进入内部方式。 If the call is from another user station, MPM 45 set up both sides of the "originator" and "target" user-to-user subscriber station index, and CCU instruction involved 18 into the interior of the way. MPM 45对INCOMING CALL(输入呼叫)消息中所限定的用户台产生一个PAGE(传呼)消息。 MPM 45 对 INCOMING CALL (incoming call) message defined user station to generate a PAGE (paging) message. 相应的用户台用一个CALL ACCEPT(呼叫连接受)消息进行响应。 Corresponding user station with a CALL ACCEPT (call even accept) response message. MPM 45通过对适当的CCU 18产生一个CHANGE CHANNEL(改变频道)消息并对适当的用户台产生一个CALL CONNECT(呼叫连接)消息来对该CALL ACCEPT(呼叫接受)消息进行响应。 MPM 45 through the appropriate CCU 18 generates a CHANGE CHANNEL (changing channels) message and the appropriate subscriber station generates a CALL CONNECT (call connection) message to the CALL ACCEPT (call accept) response message. 然后,MPM45为PBX呼叫处理器24产生一个ALLOCATE(分配)消息,该消息使PBX交换矩阵25进行对该输入呼叫的最后连接。 Then, MPM45 produce an ALLOCATE (assignment) message to PBX call processor 24, the news PBX switch matrix 25 is connected to the input end of the call.

失效恢复这一部分简要地描述RPU 20对通话进行中频道衰减的响应。 Failure to restore this section briefly describes the RPU 20 对 call to respond to the channel attenuation. 处理发生衰减的话音通道的CCU 18发现该通道失去同步。 Treatment attenuated voice channel CCU 18 found that the channel out of sync. 该CCU 18产生一个NO-SYNC(不同步)状况消息。 The CCU 18 generates a NO-SYNC (sync) status message. BCC模块41接收该状况消息并将其送往MPM 45。 BCC module 41 receives the status message and sent to MPM 45. MPM 45向PBX呼叫处理器24送出一个ONHOOK(挂机)消息,并将该用户置为空闲状态而将该通道置为挂机状态。 MPM 45 to the PBX call processor 24 sends a ONHOOK (hook) message and the user is set to idle while the channel is set to hold.

处理一个输入BCC消息一个BCC消息通过一个9600波特的异步接口从CCU 18到达RPU 20。 Handle an input message is a BCC BCC messages via a 9600 baud asynchronous interface 18 reaches from CCU RPU 20. 控制着该特定CCU接口的BCC模块41读入该消息并核对链路级信息位以确定输入消息的完整性。 The CCU controls the particular interface module 41 reads the BCC message and check bits to determine the link-level information input message integrity. 如果BCC模块41确定该消息是可接受的,即向发送CCU 18返回一个适当的认可。 If the BCC module 41 determines that the message is acceptable, ie to send CCU 18 returns an appropriate recognition. 否则就返回一个重新尝试或否定认可信息。 Otherwise, it returns a retry or negative acknowledgment. 这时BCC模块41将消息送往MPM45。 Then BCC module 41 a message to MPM45. 利用由调度模块40提供的信箱将该消息安排在信息处理信箱48中。 The use of the mail message scheduling module 40 provides information processing arrangements mailbox 48. (见图6)如果没有来自CCU 18的更多的输入,并且包含对CCU输出的消息,BCC信箱区49是空白的,BCC模块41“阻断”而控制过程进入到调度模块40。 (See Figure 6) if there is no more input from the CCU 18, and includes a message to CCU output, BCC mailbox area 49 is blank, BCC module 41 "block" and the process goes to the scheduling module 40.

调度模块40按照循环调度法启动下一个模块,而该模块一直运行到阻断时为止。 40 round-robin scheduling module in accordance with law to start the next module, and the module has been running when blocked up. 然后调度模块再启动另外一个,并如此而进行下去。 Then scheduling module then start another one, and so and proceed. 在某一较晚的时刻,调度模块启动MPM 45。 At a later time, the scheduling module starts MPM 45.

然后MPM 45读入BCC消息,连同在其信箱48中为其排队的任何其它消息。 MPM 45 then reads the BCC messages, along with any other messages in their mailbox 48 for queuing. BCC被识别和处理。 BCC to be identified and addressed. 这种处理可包括对数据库的改变和产生新的消息。 Such treatment may involve changes and generate new messages to the database. 图6说明了一个输入消息的数据通道。 Figure 6 illustrates a message data input channel.

产生一个输出BCC消息图6还示出了一个输出消息的数据通道。 Generating an output message BCC 6 also shows an output message data channel. 一个输出BCC消息是由MPM 45响应于某些特定事件而产生。 An output BCC messages are generated by MPM 45 in response to certain events. 该消息是在MPM 45之内构成并被送到控制目标CCU 18的BCC模块41。 The message is configured and sent to the control module 18 of the target CCU BCC within MPM 45 of 41. 在送出这一消息以及任何其它必要的消息之后,并且如果MPM的信箱48中没有更多的消息时,MPM“阻断”,控制过程即返回到调度模块。 After sending the message, and any other necessary message, and if the MPM mailbox 48 no more messages, MPM "block", the control process returns to the scheduling module.

BCC模块从其信箱49读取消息并在输出消息上加入适当的链路级位。 BCC module 49 reads the message from the mailbox and add the appropriate link-level position in the output message. 然后它将该消息从串行数据端口发送到CCU 18。 It then sends the message data from the serial port to the CCU 18.

处理RCC消息对一个输入RCC消息的处理完全类似于一个输入BCC消息,因为RCC消息就是一种BCC消息。 Treatment for an input message RCC RCC message processing is completely analogous to an input BCC message because the message is a kind of RCC BCC message. 同样,一个输出RCC消息是按与输出BCC消息相同的方式产生和发送。 Similarly, a message is output by the output RCC BCC messages generated and transmitted in the same way.

处理一个输入PBX消息从PBX呼叫处理器接收一个PBX消息,该消息通过一个9600波特异步接口进入RPU 20。 PBX handle an input message received a message from the PBX PBX call processor, the message via a 9600 baud asynchronous interface into the RPU 20. 参见图7,RPU的PBX模块42读入PBX消息并将其送往MPM信箱48。 Referring to Figure 7, RPU PBX module 42 reads the message and sent to the PBX 48 MPM mailbox. 当没有更多的输入字符,并且包含输出PBX消息的PBX信箱50是空白时,RPU的PBX模块42“阻断”,而控制过程返回到调度模块40。 When there is no more input characters and contain output PBX PBX-mail message 50 is blank, RPU's PBX module 42 "block", and control returns to the scheduler module 40.

MPM 45读入该PBX消息,连同在其信箱48中已经为其排队的任何其它消息。 MPM 45 reads the PBX message, along with any other messages in their mailbox queued for 48 already. PBX消息是根据该消息的类型以及该消息中所限定用户的现行状态来处理的。 PBX message is based on the type of the message and the message defined in the current state of the user to handle. 处理可包括改变数据库,改变用户状态和产生新的消息。 Treatment may include changes to the database, change the user's status and generate a new message. 图7示出了输入PBX消息的数据通道。 Figure 7 shows the input PBX message data channel.

产生一个输出PBX消息仍参见图7,一个输出PBX消息由MPM 45响应于一个事件而产生。 Generating an output message PBX Still referring to FIG. 7, an output PBX message to an event generated by the MPM 45 response. 该消息是在MPM 45之内构成并被送往PBX模块42。 The message is composed and sent to the PBX module 42 within the MPM 45. 在该消息以及任何其它的必要消息被送出之后,并且如果在MPM信箱48中没有更多的消息时,MPM 45即“阻断”而控制过程返回到调度模块40。 After the message, and any other necessary messages are sent, and if there are no more messages in the mailbox 48 when MPM, MPM 45 that "block" and control returns to the scheduler module 40.

调度模块40按循环调度法继续启动其它模块直至RPU的PBX模块42被启动时为止。 Scheduling module 40 by round-robin start other modules continue until RPU's PBX module 42 is started until when.

RPU的PBX模块42从其信箱50读取PBX消息然后将该消息从串行数据端口发送给PBX呼叫处理器24。 RPU PBX module 42 of the message and then send mail from port 50 to read the serial data message from the PBX to PBX call processor 24.

产生记录消息在RPU软件包中每一模块内相关的点上,一个包含相关信息的消息被送往记录模块44。 Messages generated record a message on the relevant points within the module package RPU each one contains the relevant information is sent to the recording module 44. 该消息经过时间标记并输出到一个文件上。 The message after the time stamp and output to a file. 图8示出该记录器数据通道。 Figure 8 shows the recorded data channels.

控制台输入/输出模块控制台模块43的输入部分与确认指令一起提供提示和识别指令。 Console input / output modules console module input section 43 and confirmation instructions provided with tips and recognize the command. 有效的控制台指令有能力询问并更新RPU数据库,并且向RPU模块发送消息。 The console has the ability to effectively command and update the RPU database inquiry, and send messages to RPU module. 从控制台显示指令中产生的输出将直接输出到控制台端口。 Output generated from the console display instructions directly to the console port.

调度模块调度模块40被认为是一个特殊的系统模块,并且负责调度所有其它的RPU模块。 Scheduling module scheduling module 40 is considered to be a special system module, and is responsible for scheduling all the other RPU modules. 调度模块40的主要责任是选择要执行的下一个模块并提供模块间和模块内的通信。 The main responsibility for the scheduling module 40 is the choice of the next module to be executed and to provide inter-module communication module and.

虽然所有不同的RPU模块都可被认为是独立的模块,实际上,所有模块都是Regulus操作系统的一个应用进程。 Although all the different RPU module can be considered independent module, in fact, an application process that all modules are Regulus operating system. 是调度模块40执行了其它RPU模块的循环分配。 The scheduling module 40 performs a re-allocation of other RPU modules. 调度模块40通过在启动时间对每一伪模块分配一个栈空间的固定部分来管理用于每一伪RPU模块的栈。 Scheduling module 40 at the start time by a stack space allocated for each pseudo-module to manage the fixed portion of the stack for each pseudo RPU module. 就在每一模块被调入运行之前,由调度模块40将栈指针改为指示准备运行的模块的相应栈地址。 Just before being transferred to the running of each module, the scheduling module 40 will stack the stack pointer to the corresponding address indicates the module is ready for operation. 图9中示出RPU 20的存储映象。 Figure 9 shows the memory map 20 of the RPU.

每一RPU模块都运行到它阻断时为止,当一个模块阻断时,它将控制过程返回到调度程序,调度模块允许另一个模块调出并运行。 Each RPU module to run until it blocked, when a module is blocked, it will control the process returns to the scheduler, the scheduling module allows other modules to call up and running. 一个模块可按几种方式阻断,通过调用GETEVENT(取得事件),该语句使模块阻断到一个事件被挂起为止;或通过调用WAIT (等待)该语句阻断一定的秒数;或通过调用BLOCK,该语句将循环调度阻断一周。 A module can be blocked in several ways, by calling GETEVENT (made event), the statement of the module block to be suspended until an event; or by calling the WAIT (waiting) to block a certain number of seconds the statement; or by call BLOCK, the statement will loop scheduling block week.

调度模块40执行的另一个主要功能是模块之间的通信。 Another key feature of the scheduler module 40 is performed between the communication module. 信箱被用作向其它模块发送或者从其它模块接收消息的装置。 E-mail is sent to the other modules or used as a means for receiving a message from the other modules. 每一模块都可通过调用MAIL READ(信件读取)在其信箱内核对信件。 Each module is available by calling MAIL READ (read letter) in its kernel-mail correspondence. 同样,一个模块可通过MAIL SEND(信件发送)的调用向另一个模块发送信件。 Similarly, a module may send a letter to the other modules via MAIL SEND (send mail) call. 调度模块为调度循环中的每一模块保留一个独立的信箱。 Scheduling module for scheduling cycle of each module to retain a separate mailbox. 当一个模块向另一个模块发送消息时,该消息被复制到目的信箱中。 When a module sends a message to another module, the message is copied to the destination mailbox. 此后,在轮到目标模块运行时,调度模块核对其信箱以确定在信箱中是否有一个消息,如果有,调度模块40产生一个MAIL(信件)类型的事件,它迫使该模块被解除阻断,一如果它是被GETE VENT (取得事件)所阻断的话-这样即被调入运行。 Thereafter, in turn target module runtime scheduling module to check their mail in the mailbox to determine whether there is a message, and if so, the scheduler module 40 generates a MAIL (letter) type of event, it forces the module is unblocked, A If it is blocked by GETE VENT (made event), then - so Jibei transferred operation.

调度模块还为调度循环中的每一模块保留一个事件表。 Scheduling module also retains an event table for each module scheduling cycle. 这些事件由信件或定时器事件组成。 These events are composed by a letter or a timer event. 无论何时,调度模块确定有信息在正在运行的模块中被挂起时,即产生出MAIL(信件)事件。 Whenever there is information in the scheduling module determines the running module is suspended, that produces MAIL (letter) events. 通过调用PUTEVENT (放入事件)以及一个事件产生之前要等待的秒数,一个模块可将一个定时器件置入事件表。 By calling PUTEVENT (placed in the event) as well as the number of seconds to wait before an event is generated, and a module can be a timing device into the event table. 调度模块40通过每一周调度循环时都核对该模块的事件表以查看定时器的终止时间是否到了。 Scheduling module 40 per week by scheduling cycle events are checking the module table to see whether the timer expiration time is up. 在检测到定时器终止时,相应的模块被调入运行并且该事件通过GETEVENT (取得事件)的调用返回该模块。 Detected when the timer expires, the corresponding module is transferred to run and the events through GETEVENT (obtained events) call returns the module.

调度模块40包括用于将CCU18和RPU 20之间以及PBX 15与RPU 20之间的RS-232接口初始化的例行程序。 Scheduling module 40 includes means for CCU18 and between 20 and PBX 15 RPU RPU RS-232 interface and initialization routine 20 between. 这些程序对RS-232接口采取了专门的软件控制,它们通过Regulus操作系统关闭了通常的控制顺序的处理。 These programs for RS-232 interface to take a special software control, they shut down the operating system by Regulus treatment is usually controlled sequence. 其它程序被用于刷新I/O缓冲器并读出或写入输入和输出终端。 Other programs are used to refresh the I / O buffer and read or write input and output terminals. 调度模块40还对所有的RPU模块保持系统时间的跟踪。 Scheduling module 40 also keep track of all of RPU module system time.

BCC接口模块每一BCC模块41在CCU 18和RPU 20中的其它软件模块之间提供一个接口。 BCC BCC interface module each module 41 provides an interface between the CCU 18 and the RPU 20 in the other software modules. CCU 18和RPU 20之间交换的消息由可变长度二进制数据构成,该数据经过一个异步通信通道而发送。 CCU 18 and the RPU 20 messages exchanged between the variable-length binary data constituted by the data through an asynchronous communication channel and transmitted. BCC模块41负责通过该通信通道提供完整的消息,其中包括错误检测,消息排列和消息认可。 BCC module 41 is responsible for providing a complete message via the communications channel, including error detection, and message recognition message alignment.

CCU 18和RPU 20之间的硬件接口由一个9600波特的RS-232异步接口构成。 Hardware between the CCU 18 and 20 RPU interface consists of a 9600 baud RS-232 asynchronous interface composition.

对该模块41的输入包括从CCU或从其它RPU软件模块接收的消息。 The input module 41 includes a message received from the CCU or from other RPU software modules. 从该模块输出的消息或者是经过RS-232接口到CCU,或者是经过适当的信箱到其它RPU软件模块。 Message from the module output either via RS-232 interface to the CCU, or through the appropriate mailbox to other RPU software modules.

该模块41的目的是处理RPU 20和CCU 18之间的消息业务量。 The purpose of this module is to process 41 RPU 20 and 18 CCU message traffic between. 该模块41对从CCU 18接收的消息不断地进行校验并将它们引导到相应的RPU软件模块。 The module 41 received the message from the CCU 18 constantly check and directs them to the appropriate RPU software modules. 同样,该模块对来自其它RPU软件模块而目的为一个CCU 18的消息也不断进行校验。 Similarly, the module for messages from other RPU software modules aimed at a CCU 18 also constantly check. 一个交替位协议被用于在每一个方向上向上将等待处理的消息(即,未经认可)限制为一份。 An alternating bit protocol is used in each direction up to a message waiting to be processed (i.e., unauthorized) is limited to one. 序号和认可位用作为完成这一功能的必要的流量控制。 Number and recognition bits used as necessary to complete this function flow control. 该协议在以下段落中给予详细的描述。 The agreement to give a detailed description in the following paragraphs.

在以下的讨论中,可处理消息的一方被标为“我们”而另一方被标为“他们”。 In the following discussion, the side that can handle the message is marked as "we" and the other is labeled "them." 该协议可通过指出在接收到消息时应采取的动作来说明。 This protocol can indicate when a message is received in the action taken will be described. 只有四个基本的动作,它们依赖于两个条件,这些条件由接收信息的序号和认可位与所期待值的比较来确定。 Only four basic movements, which depends on two conditions, which receives information from the serial number and recognized position with the comparison value is determined expectations.

在一个到来的消息上,如果认可位与我们上次发射的信息的序号位相同,则该认可位是预期的。 On the arrival of a message, if the recognition of our last bit of the serial number information transmitted bit is the same, then the recognized position is expected. 与此类似,如果序号位与上次接收信息的序号位不同,则该序号位符合期待值。 Similarly, if the serial bit number bit different with the last received message is consistent with the expected value of the number bit. 换句话说,所期待的条件是一个输入的消息认可我们上次的消息,并且我们也期待每一个新到达的消息是一个新的消息。 In other words, expect an input condition is a message of recognition of our last message, and we look forward to each new message arrives is a new message.

现将接收到一个消息时采取的动作概括为由上述条件产生的四种组合:1.认可位与预计相同,序号位与预计相同。 When a message is received will now take action summarizes four combinations of the above conditions by: a recognition-bit identical with the estimated, the same as with the estimated bit sequence number. 标出上次发射的消息为经过认可(使我们能够发射一个新消息)。 Marked the last message transmitted to an approved (so that we can launch a new message). 处理新到达的消息(在我们发送的下一个消息中认可它)。 Processing newly arrived message (approved it in the next message we sent).

2.认可位与期待值相同,序号位与期待值不同。 2. Endorses the position and look forward to the same value, serial bit different values and expectations. 标出上次发射的消息为经过认可(使我们能发射一个新消息)。 Marked the last message transmitted to an approved (so that we can launch a new message). 放弃新到达的消息(不认可它)。 Abandon newly arrived messages (does not endorse it).

3.认可位与期待值不同,序号位与期待值相同。 3. Endorses bit different values and expectations, and the expected number bit different. 如果我们已经发射了一个尚未认可的消息,则重新发送它,如果我们没有这样一个消息,那么在目的地发生了某种错误,我们应当按照以下的描述复位。 If we have not yet recognized launched a message, send it again, if we do not have such a message, then the destination of some sort of error has occurred, we should reset the following description. 处理新到达的消息。 Processing new messages arrive.

4.认可位与期待值不同,序号位与期待值不同。 4. recognized position and expectations are different, serial bit different values and expectations. 我们最后一个消息在目的地未接收到,将其重新发射。 Our final message is not received at the destination, which was re-emission. 放弃新到达的消息。 Discard the new message arrives.

重置位用于将序号位和认可位重新开始。 Reset bit for bit serial bit and start again recognized. 当我们接收到一个有重置位的消息时,应将其作为一个新消息来接受而不管序号位如何,并且它应被认可。 When we receive a reset bit of news, it should be accepted as a new message, regardless of how serial bit, and it should be recognized. 此外,接收消息的认可反映了他们从我们这里接收的上次消息的序号位。 In addition, recognition of the received message sequence number bits reflect their last received message from us. 在发送下一消息之前我们应当触发这一位。 Before sending the next message we should trigger this one. 例如:如果我们接收了一个消息其认可/序号数是“4”(重置位=1,认可位=0,序号位=0),那么响应的认可/序号数应当是“1”(重置位=0,认可位=0,序号位=1)。 For example: If we receive a message of its accreditation / serial number is "4" (reset bit = 1, accreditation bit = 0, serial bit = 0), then the response of recognition / serial number should be "1" (reset Bit = 0, accreditation bit = 0, number = 1). 每一方在它认为协议已经不协调时都可复原。 Each party believes it can be restored when the agreement has been inconsistent.

当我们从他们那里接收了一个消息,并且没有新的消息准备发送或者一个标准的回答不会马上到来时,我们将通过送出一个特殊的认可信息对该消息进行认可。 When we received a message from them, and there is no new message ready to send or a standard answer will not come immediately, we will send a special message to the message recognized accreditation. 认可位将认可所接收的消息,但序号位不会从我们发送的上次一个消息上改变。 Recognized place will recognize the received message, but does not change the serial number from the last bit of a message we send. 这将使他们处理该认可并放弃新到达的消息。 This will enable them to recognize and deal with the abandonment of newly arrived messages. 这一消息的内容是一个零消息。 Content of this message is a message of zero. 然而,由于这一消息被放弃,这一消息的内容应当是无关的。 However, since the news was abandoned, the contents of this news should be irrelevant.

PBX接口模块PBX模块42提供了在UTX-250 PBX呼叫处理器24和RPU 20的其它软件模块之间的接口。 PBX PBX module interface module 42 provides an interface between the UTX-250 PBX call processor 24 and the RPU 20 of other software modules. 两个机器之间交换的消息应包括根据ASCII字符的消息交换。 Messages exchanged between two machines should include the exchange of messages based on ASCII characters. 在此定义的ASCII字符应当是7或8位的ASCII。 ASCII characters as defined herein should be 7 or 8 bit ASCII. PBX呼叫处理器24和RPU 20均必须能够接受奇数、偶数或无奇偶性的字符。 PBX call processor 24 and the RPU 20 must be able to odd, even or no parity character accepted. 消息的正文包括可变长度的字符串或可打印的字符。 Body of the message, including a string of characters that can be printed or variable length.

PBX呼叫处理器24和RPU 20之间的硬件接口包括一个9600波特的RS-232异步接口。 20 between hardware PBX call processor 24 and the RPU interface includes a 9600 baud RS-232 asynchronous interface.

对PBX模块42的输入包括从PBX呼叫处理器24或从其它RPU软件模块接收的消息。 Input of the module 42 includes a PBX PBX call processor 24 or from the message received from other RPU software modules. 从该模块输出的消息送给PBX呼叫处理器24或通过适当的信箱送给其它RPU软件模块。 Messages sent from the module output to the PBX call processor 24 or other RPU software modules via the appropriate mailbox.

PBX模块42的目的是处理RPU 20和PBX呼叫处理器24之间的消息流量。 The purpose is to deal with PBX module 42 RPU 20 and 24 PBX call processor message traffic between. 该模块不断地校对从PBX呼叫处理器24接收的消息并将它们送往适当的RPU软件模块。 The module constantly collated from PBX call processor 24 receives the message and sent them proper RPU software modules. 与此类似,该模块也不断地校对来自其它RPU软件模块而以PBX呼叫处理器为目的地的消息。 Similarly, this module can also continue to proofread messages from other RPU software modules and to the destination PBX call processor.

从PBX呼叫处理器24接收的每一字符都进行校验,以确定表明消息开始的大于等于号≥,或表明消息结尾的回车字符。 From each character PBX call processor 24 receives are verified to determine the start of the message indicates that greater than or equal number ≥, or show the message at the end of the carriage return character. 该模块能够处理全双工消息业务。 The module is capable of handling full-duplex message service.

控制台模块控制台模块43是操作者进入RPU 20的现行状态的窗口。 Console module console module 43 is the current state of the operator to enter the RPU 20 window. 该控制台提供了显示与用户和无线电频道现行状态有关的消息,改变连接频道状态,以及向PBX 15和CCU 18发送消息的能力。 The console provides the user and display the current state of the radio channels of news, change the connection channel status, and the ability to PBX 15 and CCU 18 to send the message. 控制台处理来自终端的输入位流并执行所希望的指令。 Processing the input bit stream from the console terminal and execute the desired commands.

控制台模块43提供到基地台操作者终端的接口。 Console module 43 provides an interface to the base station operator terminal. 控制台模块43处理来自终端的输入并执行指令。 Console module 43 to process the input from the terminal and executes the instructions. 数据被检索并写入数据库,显示被输出给终端屏幕,而消息被送往其它模块。 Data is written to the database to retrieve and display output to the terminal screen, and the message is sent to the other modules. 该模块的接口包括:(1)来自操作者键盘的字符输入(2)向操作者屏幕的字符输出。 The interface module comprises: (1) by the character input from the keyboard (2) to the operator of the screen character output.

(3)数据被检出或写入数据库。 (3) data is detected or written to the database.

(4)消息被送往PBX,BCC和消息处理模块。 (4) the message is sent to the PBX, BCC and message processing module.

一组语法分析程序输入了来自操作者键盘的字符。 A set parser input characters from the keyboard operator. 一个数据输入提示符被显示在每一指令行的起始处,数据被缓冲,编辑字符经过处理,输入被重复在显示中,而数据被划分为标记。 A data input prompt to be displayed at the beginning of each command line, the data is buffered, editing characters processed, input is repeated in the display, and the data is divided into mark. 通过为语法分析程序提供一组描述了所有可能指令的数据结构和每一指令内的有效标记,语法分析程序对输入的数据执行识别,对问号进行响应,并显示数据输入的引导字。 By providing a set of instructions describe all possible data structures and effective marker for each instruction within the parser, the parser recognizes the input data to perform, in response to a question mark, and display the data input to guide word. 每一标记经过校验为所期望的数据类型:口令字与可接受的输入字表相匹配,而数字被转换为整数。 After each check mark to the desired type of data: passwords and acceptable input word match appearances, and the number is converted to an integer. 一旦指令行输入完成,即进行进一步验证,检验数字是否在范围之内,而对某些指令,在指令执行前校验系统的状态。 Once the command line entry is complete, i.e. further verification, the check digits in the range of, but for some instructions, being executed before calibration system in the instruction.

指令分为三类:(1)显示数据库信息的指令;(2)修改数据库的指令;和(3)发送消息的指令。 Instructions are divided into three categories: (1) display instruction information database; (2) to modify the database command; and (3) the message transmission instruction.

可以显示有关用户、连接,CCU和频道状态的信息。 You can display information about users, connections, CCU and channel state information. 所有显示指令要求信息是从数据库中检出并将构成的数据输出到操作者的显示器上。 All information displayed is detected directive from the database and the data output to constitute the operator's display. 修改指令包括在一个特定频道上强制进行用户连接的能力以及启动和截止频道的能力。 Modify the instructions included on a particular channel capacity and the ability to force a start and off the channel user connections. 修改指令被用于检验频率分配算法,所有修改指令都写入数据库。 Modify instruction is used to test the frequency allocation algorithm, all the instructions are written to the database modifications.

PBX,BCC和RCC消息可从控制台模块43送往系统中不同的其它模块。 Other modules PBX, BCC and RCC messages can be sent to 43 different modules from the console system. 一个SENDMSG(发送消息)指令提示操作者该消息需要的所有信息,该消息被形成并送往指定的模块。 A SENDMSG (send a message) command prompts the operator all the information required for the message, the message is formed and sent to the specified module. PBX消息被送往RPU的PBX模块42,该模块将消息送出到PBX呼叫处理器24。 RPU PBX message is sent to the PBX module 42, the module will send a message to the PBX call processor 24. BCC和RCC消息可通过BCC模块41从RPU 20送往CCU 18,该BCC模块将链路级协议位加入输出的消息。 BCC and RCC messages by BCC module 41 sent from the RPU 20 CCU 18, the BCC link-level protocol module will join message bit output. 来自CCU 18的输入被模拟而消息(包括BCC和RCC信息)被送往MPM 46。 Input from the CCU 18 is simulated and messages (including BCC and RCC information) is sent to MPM 46.

记录模块记录模块44负责记录RPU事件或消息。 Recording module recording module 44 is responsible for recording RPU events or messages. 记录模块44维持以下三个磁盘文件:一个具有与计费信息类似的业务处理记录,一个包括错误消息的错误记录,和一个包括系统报警消息的消息记录。 Recording module 44 to maintain the following three disk files: one with a similar business and billing information processing records, including an error log error messages, and message logging system includes an alarm message.

记录模块44包括一组从其它RPU模块调入的子程序。 The recording module 44 comprises a set of modules transferred from other RPU subroutine. 每一子程序负责将消息进行时间标记并写入适当的磁盘文件。 Each subroutine is responsible for the message time stamp and write the appropriate disk file. 每一子程序有一个确定消息是否要记录的全局标志。 Each subroutine to determine whether the message has an overall mark to be recorded. 这些全局标志是通过使用控制台指令来设立和复位。 The global flag is by using the console commands to establish and reset.

消息处理模块(MPM)MPM 45执行PBX 15和用户台之间的高级呼叫处理功能。 Message Processing Module (MPM) MPM 45 perform advanced call handling features PBX 15 and the user station. 它负责如下的呼叫处理功能,如启动传呼,分配话音通道并控制用于用户和外部电话的呼叫进行音。 It is responsible for the following call processing functions, such as start paging, voice channel allocation and control for users and external telephone calls were sound. MPM 45还处理从CCU 18接收的状态消息。 MPM 45 from the CCU 18 is also processing the received status message. 例如,包括链路质量或用户挂机状态的频道状态信息是由MPM 45处理。 For example, the channel state information including link quality or user-hook state is handled by the MPM 45.

MPM 45构成一个状态机(state machine),其中PBX和BCC消息是对消息处理状态机的标记,MPM 45通过更新数据库,输出必要的响应然后转换到下一个状态来处理这些标机。 MPM 45 constitutes a state machine (state machine), in which the PBX and BCC message is a message handler state machine, tag, MPM 45 by updating the database, and then output the necessary response to transition to the next state to handle these standard machine.

MPM 45利用由调度模块40维持的系统信箱向其它RPU模块发射并从其它RPU模块接收消息。 MPM 45 maintained by the use of the scheduling module 40 system mailbox to other RPU modules transmit and receive messages from other RPU modules. 同样,MPM 45利用数据库模块中的子程序检出或更新数据库中的状态信息。 Similarly, MPM 45 use the database module subroutine checkout or update the status information in the database.

如上所述,MPM 45构成一个状态机。 As described above, MPM 45 constitutes a state machine. 用于强制执行某些处理的标记中包括了消息或超时,MPM 45决定了标记(即,计时器,RCC消息,PBX消息,等)和由标记影响的用户或频道的类型。 Tag used to enforce some processing is included in the message or a timeout, MPM 45 determines the mark (i.e., timer, RCC message, PBX message, etc.) and by type mark affected user or channel. MPM 45通过产生适当的消息响应并转换到下一状态来处理该标记。 MPM 45 by generating the appropriate response message and transitions to the next state to process the tag.

实际上MPM 45包括两个状态表。 MPM 45 actually includes two state tables. 图10中所示的RCC状态机被用于处理来自PBX呼叫处理器24的消息或来自一个用户台的RCC消息。 RCC state machine shown in Figure 10 is used to process messages from the PBX call processor 24 or RCC message from a subscriber station. 图11中所示的频道状态机被用于处理从一个CCU18接收的消息。 FIG channel state machine 11 is shown for processing a message received from a CCU18.

开始时,所有用户都处于RCC空闲状态而所有频道都处于频道空闲状态,这表明没有已建立的或进行中的连接。 Initially, all users are in RCC idle channel and all channels are in the idle state, which indicates that there is no established or ongoing connection.

对于一个典型的外部到用户的呼叫,其状态改变如下。 For a typical external to the user's call, changes its state as follows. 从PBX呼叫处理器24接收一个外部呼叫消息,该消息包括呼叫的目标用户台的电话号码。 Receiving an external message from the PBX call processor 24, the message including the call destination user station's telephone number. 向用户台送出一个PAGE(传呼)消息并将用户台的状态置为PAGE。 The subscriber station sends a PAGE (pager) message and the status of the user station is set to PAGE. 在从用户台接收到一个CALL ACCEPT(呼叫接受)消息时,用户台的状态被置为ACTIVE(工作)。 Upon receiving from a subscriber station to a CALL ACCEPT (call accept) message, the state of the user station is set to ACTIVE (work). 在这时,指定一个通道,并将指定的通道通知PBX呼叫处理器24,CCU 18和用户台。 At this point, specify a channel, and notifies PBX call processor specified channel 24, CCU 18 and the subscriber station. 该通道被置为RING SYNC-WAIT(铃响同步等待)状态(图11)。 The channel is set to RING SYNC-WAIT (rings synchronization wait) state (Figure 11). 当CCU 18表明已经获得同步时,通道状态被设为SYNC RING(同步铃响)。 When the CCU 18 indicates that synchronization has been obtained, the channel status is set to SYNC RING (synchronous rings). 最后,当CCU 18表明用户已进入摘机时,该通道被置为SYNC OFFHOOK(同步摘机)状态。 Finally, when the CCU 18 indicates that the user has entered the off-hook, the channel is set to SYNC OFFHOOK (synchronous-hook) state. SYNC OFFHOOK表明建立了一个话音连接。 SYNC OFFHOOK indicates that the establishment of a voice connection.

一个用户到用户的呼叫从接收到来自发端用户台的CALL REQUEST(呼叫请求)消息时开始。 A user-to-user receives a call from the beginning to CALL REQUEST (call request) message from the originating user station. 发端用户台被置为DIAL(拨号)状态。 Originating user station is set to DIAL (Dial) state. 并向PBX呼叫处理器24发送一个RADIO REQUEST(发射请求)消息,然后,PBX呼叫处理器24为发端用户台返回一个PLACE CALL(安排呼叫)消息,并为目标用户台返回一个INCOMING CALL(输入呼叫)消息。 PBX call processor 24 to transmit a RADIO REQUEST (transmit request) message, then, PBX call processor 24 to the originating user station returns a PLACE CALL (arrangements call) message and the target subscriber station returns an INCOMING CALL (incoming calls ) message. 响应于该PLACE CALL(安排呼叫)消息,一个通道被分配,并将该分配通知PBX呼叫处理器24,CCU 18和发端用户台。 In response to the PLACE CALL (call arrangements) message, a channel is assigned, and to inform the allocation of PBX call processor 24, CCU 18 and the originating user station. 发端用户的频道状态被设定为OFFHOOK SYNC WAIT(摘机同步等待)直至频道进入同步时为止。 Originating user's channel status is set to OFFHOOK SYNC WAIT (hook synchronization wait) until the channel into the sync up. 当基地台CCU 18检测到来自起发端用户的发射时,它产生一个SYNC OFFHOOK(同步摘机)频道事件消息。 When the base station detects emission from the CCU 18 from the originating user, and it generates a SYNC OFFHOOK (synchronous hook) channel event messages. RPU 20通过将频道状态改变为SYNC OFFHOOK状态处理该频道事件消息。 RPU 20 through the channel status is changed to SYNC OFFHOOK state to handle the channel event messages. 一个针对目标用户台的输入呼叫消息按照与上述外部呼叫消息相同的方式处理。 A message for the incoming call destination user station in accordance with said external call message same manner. 另外,一旦两个用户均同步时在连接中涉及的频道即被置为内部方式。 In addition, once the two users are synchronized in the channel involved in the connection i.e. set internally.

当连接中涉及的一方进入ONHOOK(挂机)时,解除连接即开始。 When one party involved in the connection into the ONHOOK (hook), unlink begins. 当一个系统外的电话被挂上时,由MPM 45从PBX呼叫处理器24接收一个ONHOOK消息。 When a system outside of the phone is hung up by the MPM 45 received from the PBX call processor 24 a ONHOOK message. 当用户进入ONHOOK(挂机)时,CCU 18送出一个表示用户台是ONHOOK的消息。 When the user enters ONHOOK (hook), CCU 18 indicates that the user station is sent a message ONHOOK. 在每一情况下都将解除连接通知另一方,将频道置为DISCONNECT(解除连接)状态并将用户台置为TEARDOWN(取消)状态。 In each case the undocking will notify the other party, the channel is set to DISCONNECT (undocking) state and the subscriber station is set to TEARDOWN (cancel) state. 当CCU 18表明已经失去同步时,频道和用户台被重新置为空闲状态。 When the CCU 18 indicates that synchronization has been lost, the channel and the subscriber station is reset to the idle state.

背景任务背景任务程序由MPM 45实现。 Background tasks background task program implemented by the MPM 45. 在一个冷或热重新启动之后,该背景任务与CCU 18进行初始的通讯。 After a cold or warm restart, the background task and the CCU 18 initial communication. 同样,一旦系统在运行,该背景任务监视CCU 18以保持数据库的正常运行和RCC的指定。 Similarly, once the system is running, the background task monitors CCU 18 to maintain the normal operation of the database and specify the RCC.

由CCU 18和BCC模块41产生的BCC消息是从BCC模块41接收。 BCC message from CCU 18 and BCC module 41 generates the module 41 is received from the BCC. 消息通过BCC模块41送往CCU 18。 Messages sent via BCC module 41 CCU 18.

数据被写入数据库并从中检索。 Data is written to the database and retrieve.

开始时,向所有CCU 18送入BASEBAND QUERY(基带询问)消息以便RPU 20确定系统的现行状态。 Initially, all CCU 18 into BASEBAND QUERY (baseband inquiry) message for RPU 20 to determine the current state of the system. 从基带事件或响应消息中接收到的所有信息都存入RPU数据库。 All information received from baseband event or response messages are stored in the database RPU. 当RPU20接收了一个基带事件消息时该消息表明一个CCU 18准备好并且未复位(即该CCU 18不是刚接通电源),分配给CCU20的频率被标记为已分配。 When RPU20 receive a baseband event message This message indicates that a CCU 18 is ready and not reset (ie, the CCU 18 is not just power), assigned to the frequency CCU20 is marked as allocated. 然后,CCU 18送出CHANNEL QUERY(频道询问)消息以便将数据库更新为系统的现行状态。 Then, CCU 18 sent CHANNEL QUERY (Channel inquiry) message to the database is updated to the current state of the system. 一旦每一CCU 18或者已对所有等待的询问进行了响应,或者已确定了该CCU 18有故障,CCU预置即完成。 Once each of the CCU 18 or have been waiting for all inquiries carried out in response to, or has been determined that the CCU 18 is faulty, CCU preset is complete. 这时,每一个表明了已经准备好并复位(即,该CCU刚接通电源)的CCU 18被分配一个频率。 At this time, each show a ready and reset (i.e., just the CCU power) of the CCU 18 is assigned a frequency. 如果未向一个CCU 18分配控制信道,那么RPU 20就试图分配控制信道。 If you do not assign a control channel to a CCU 18, then the RPU 20 attempts distribution channel. 第一选择是在第一频率上为该CCU 18分配控制信道,因为这是用户首先寻求RCC的地方。 The first choice is on a first frequency for a control channel allocation CCU 18, because this is where the user first seek RCC. 下一个选择是时隙0没有使用的任何CCU 18,而最后的选择是在时隙0上有连接的CCU 18。 The next option is the time slot 0 is not used for any CCU 18, and the last choice in the slot 0 has CCU 18 connected. 如果所有可操作的CCU 18在时隙0上都已有了一个连接,则时隙0上的某一连接被终止,并将控制信道分配给该时隙。 If the CCU 18 are all operatively connected to the slot with a 0, then a time slot 0 of the connection is terminated, and the control channel assigned to the time slot. 一旦RPU 20已经与所有的CCU 18通讯,这些CCU 18的状态即通过从CCU 18或BCC模块41接收的状态消息进行监视。 Once the RPU 20 has communication with all the CCU 18, the CCU 18, i.e., the state is monitored by the CCU 18 or 41 BCC module receives status messages. BCC模块41不断地监视到每一CCU 18的通讯通道。 BCC module 41 constantly monitors the communication channel to each of the CCU 18. 在接收到一个表明CCU 18未准备好的基带事件消息时,该CCU 18即被认为处于不工作状态。 Upon receipt of the CCU 18 indicates that a not ready baseband event message, the CCU 18 is deemed to be in an inactive state. 这时,该CCU 18在基带中被标记为未准备好。 At this time, the CCU 18 in the base band is marked as ready. 另外,所有连接都取消,所有频道都返回到暂定状态而指定给CCU 18的频率被重新分配。 Further, all connections have been removed, all channels are returned to the tentative state 18, the frequency assigned to the CCU to be reallocated. 如果CCU 18占用了控制信道,那就指定一个新的控制信道。 If the CCU 18 occupied channel, then specify a new channel.

在接收到一个基带事件消息时,该消息表明一个CCU 18已准备好并复位,即为该CCU 18指定一个频率。 Upon reception of a baseband event message, the message indicates that a CCU 18 is ready and reset, that is, the CCU 18 specifies a frequency. 如果当时未给CCU 18指定控制信道,那么复位CCU的时隙0即被指定为控制信道。 If I had not given CCU 18 designated channel, then the reset CCU slot 0 is now designated as a control channel.

如果接收到一个基带事件消息,该消息表明一个CCU 18已经失掉了与RPU 20的通讯,则向该CCU 18送出多个“频道查询”消息(即,向四个信道中每个都送出一个该消息)以便用每一CCU信道的现行状态更新RPU数据库。 If you receive a baseband event message, the message indicates that a CCU 18 has lost the RPU 20 and the communication is sent to the CCU 18 a plurality of "channels Query" message (i.e., to each of the four channels that send a message) in order to update the database with the current status of each RPU channel CCU. 在接收到对每一“频道查询”消息的响应时,在数据库中的现行信道状态和连接信息即被更新。 Upon receipt of the response to each of the "Channel Query" message, the current channel status and connection information in the database is updated. 如果一个频道是在SYNC WAIT(同步等待)状态,那么即假定该用户已不再包括在连接之中并且连接已被取消。 If a channel is in SYNC WAIT (synchronous waiting), then assuming that the user is no longer being included in the connection and the connection has been canceled.

开始时,从RPU 20询问CCU 18的初始状态,CCU18无论何时接通电源或改变状态,都要再送入事件消息。 Initially, the RPU 20 initial state inquiry CCU 18, CCU18 whenever power or change the state, should be sent to the event message. 消息的交换保持RPU数据库的更新符合系统的现行状态。 Exchange messages RPU database updates to keep in line with the current state of the system.

数据库模块数据库模块46包括数据库存取所必须的数据库接口程序。 Database module database module 46 includes the necessary database access database interface program. 它们为要求存取其信息的任何模块提供了进入数据库的一个简明的单向(singte thread)接口。 They provide a simple way to enter the database (singte thread) interface for requesting access to their information for any module. 批量的存取程序均涉及到SIN表和BCC表。 Bulk access procedures are related to the SIN table and the BCC list. 在这些表的整个范围内的存取均由存取程序提供。 Access the entire range of these tables are provided by the access procedure.

数据库模块还负责数据库在开始时的初始化。 Database module is also responsible for database initialization at the start. 所有的有效字段均由数据库模块的预置部分预置为相应的值。 All valid field of the database module preset by preset to an appropriate value.

数据库模块还提供以下内容:(1)支持TTY预置的程序; Database module also provides the following: (1) support TTY preset program;

(2)为用户在SIN表中进行检索的一个二维检字程序; (2) for the user to retrieve a two-dimensional table in SIN word detection procedure;

(3)支持程序对CCU映射的程序和表; (3) support program for CCU mapping procedures and tables;

(4)诊断显示信息的控制;和(5)频率分配。 (4) The diagnostic display control information; and (5) frequency allocations.

数据库模块46是一个例行程序包,它允许由其它模块对数据库的受控存取。 Database module 46 is a routine package, which allows for controlled access to the database by other modules. 由于通过数据库程序沟通了所有的存取,使数据库实质上避开了外部模块,这就允许改变数据库而不要求修改任何其它模块。 Because all communication through the database access program, so that substantially avoid the external database module, which allows to change the database without requiring any modification of other modules. 当数据库改变时,只有对数据库改变部分的接口程序需要改变。 When the database is changed, only the changed portion of the database interface program needs to change.

频率分配工作由RPU 20执行的频率分配工作为需要一个话音通道的用户台选择一个适当的频率和时隙。 Frequency distribution of work needs a voice channel subscriber station to select an appropriate frequency and time slot by the RPU 20 frequency allocation for the work performed. 该选择算法考虑到了呼叫的形式(即:内部的或外部的)和调制级(即:16级或4级)。 The selection algorithm takes into account the form of the call (i.e.: internal or external) and the modulation level (i.e.: 16 or 4). 虽然频率分配工作在功能上与数据库模块46无关,但它却与数据库中的数据结构密切相关。 Although the frequency allocation in the database module 46 is functionally independent of, but it is closely related to the data in the database structure. 由于上述事实,虽然该功能在技术上是数据库模块46中的一个程序,该功能与数据库模块分开描述。 Because of the above facts, although this feature is technically in a database program module 46, the function database module described separately.

在呼叫建立过程中,MPM要利用频率分配工作。 In the call setup process, MPM to take advantage of frequency allocation. 它充分利用了数据库模块中的数据结构。 It takes full advantage of the database module data structure.

所有的频率分配请求均为两个类型中的一种。 All frequency assignment request are two types in one. 第一种类型是外部来源型,第二种类型是内部目标型。 The first type is an external source type, the second type is an internal target type. 内部目标型包括一个呼叫的输出部分(即:目标)。 Internal target type includes the output section of a call (ie: Target). 外部来源型包含所有其它的情况,其中包括外部呼叫(不论它是输入、输出还是一个内部呼叫的发端)。 External source type that contains all other cases, including the external call (whether it is an input, output or an internal call originator).

频率分配工作的输入由需要信道的用户台SIN表的一个索引和发端用户台SIN表的索引组成。 Enter the frequency distribution of work required by the index of an index channel subscriber station SIN table and the originating subscriber station SIN table components. 发端用户台的索引仅在为内部目标呼叫而建立信道时才有效。 Index originating user station is only valid when the call for internal targets established channels. 在所有其它情况下,发端用户索引为一个预先规定的非法索引(它被定义为DB NULL)这些索引提供了一个途径以获得分配一个适当的信道(即,频率和时隙)所需要的全部信息。 In all other cases, the illegal index originating user to a predefined index (which is defined as DB NULL) These indexes provide a way to get all the information assigned an appropriate channel (ie, frequency and time slot) needed .

如果成功地分配了一个频率-时隙组合,则频率分配例行程序回答一个TRUE值。 If you successfully assigned a frequency - time slot combinations, the frequency allocation routine answer a TRUE value. 否则回答FALSE。 Otherwise, answer FALSE. 如果已完成了分配,所选择的频率和时隙输入到要求频率分配的用户的SIN表中。 If the distribution has been completed, the selected frequency and time slot to a desired input frequency assignment of user SIN table.

每一频率可分为四个TDM时隙。 Each frequency can be divided into four TDM slots. RPU数据库保留着一个计数,其表示在每一位置有多少时隙是有效的。 RPU database maintains a count which indicates the number of time slots at each position is effective. 当一个分配请求符合外部来源类型时,将从具有最大的空闲计数时隙位置中选择一个时隙。 When an allocation request is consistent with the type of external sources, will have the maximum idle count slot position, select a time slot. 一旦选定一个时隙位置,具有该有效时隙的第一频率也就选定了。 Once a slot position is selected, the first frequency having an effective slot also selected. 确切地说,当一个分配请求符合外部来源类型时,选定那个时隙并不重要。 Specifically, when an allocation request is consistent with the type of external sources, it does not matter that the selected slot. 然而,这项技术力图将系统负载均匀地分配给全部时隙,而且更重要的是,它使一个内部呼叫的双方进行的最优时隙分配的概率增加。 However, this technique trying to evenly distribute the load to the system all the time slot, but more importantly, it makes the probability of optimal slot allocation sides conducted an internal call to increase. 这是确定的,因此系统定时计算已经表示出:对一个用户-用户呼叫的最优时隙分配应使基地台对每一用户的发射时隙是在不同频率的同一时隙上。 This is OK, so the system has been shown to calculate the timing: a user - optimal slot allocation should allow the user to call the base station for each user's transmission slots are on the same time slot at different frequencies.

通过为用户-用户呼叫的发端分配最适用的时隙位置,使该概率大于当时间来到时目标用户台能够在另一频率上分配同一时隙的概率。 By the user - the most suitable time slot positions assigned user originating a call, so that the probability is greater than the time come when the probability of the target subscriber station can be allocated the same time slot on another frequency. 例如,如果二号(NO.2)位置是最适用的位置,则选择该位置。 For example, if II (NO.2) position is the most suitable location, then select the location. 在处理目标用户台的分配请求时,就更有可能使另一个在二第位置(NO.2)的时隙适宜被选用从而达到最优的时隙-时隙分配。 When allocating the processing target subscriber station requests, it is more likely to make another article in the second position (NO.2) of the slot is suitably chosen so as to achieve optimal slot - slot allocation.

当一个分配请求符合内部-目标型时,所分配的时隙选自一个选择表。 When an allocation request is in line with internal - the target type, time slot allocation table is selected from a choice. 一个选择表包括多个清单,按照对目标用户最希望的时隙分配到最不希望的时隙分配的次序排列。 A selection table includes a plurality of lists, in accordance with the target users of the most promising slot allocation to order most undesirable arrangement of slot allocation. 这个次序是以发端用户的时隙分配为根据。 This sequence is based on slot assignment for the originating user in accordance. 到目前为止,还未提及调制类型,这是因为对4级和16级时隙选择来说,基本的分配原则没有改变,除了一个重要的例外。 So far, not yet mentioned the modulation type, it is because of 4 and 16 slot selection, the basic principle of distribution has not changed, except for one important exception. 那就是,只有时隙0或时隙2可被选用于连接4级类型。 That is, only the time slot 0 or slot 2 can be selected for connecting four types. 因为这一例外,且由于这样一个事实,即两个用户可以被设置成不同的调制类型,则一共需要四个单独的选择表,以满足所有可能的呼叫组合。 For this exception, and due to the fact that two users can be set to different modulation types, a total of four separate table need to meet all possible call combinations. 这些表如下:表6发端时隙 第一选择 第二选择 第三选择 第四选择时隙0 0 1 3 2时隙1 1 0 2 3时隙2 2 1 3 0时隙3 3 0 2 1等级→ (1) (2a) (2b) (3)由16级(发端)内部呼叫到16级(目标)较佳时隙选择表。 These tables are as follows: Table 6 originator slot first choice second choice third choice fourth option slot slot 00132 11023 22130 timeslot timeslot 33021 Level → (1) (2a) (2b) (3) by 16 (the originator) internal calls to 16 (target) better slot selection table.

注意,每个表的每一纵列均有一与之相应的等级。 Note that each column of each table has a rank corresponding thereto. 这个等级表示出某个特定的时隙合乎需要的程度。 This level shows the extent of a particular time slot desirable required. 最理想的时隙将具有等级1,较不理想的时隙具有等级2、3等等。 The best time slots having rank 1, less than ideal slot has rank 2, 3 and so on. 如果一个选择表的两个或更多的纵列具有相同的合乎需要的程度,它们将具相同的等级号,其后跟随一个字母。 If a choice of two or more columns of the table have the same desirable degree, they will have the same rank number, followed by a letter. 例如,如果三个纵列分别为2a、2b,和2c,则它们具有同等的合乎需要的程度,而它们的顺序(a、b、c)是任意的。 For example, if three column respectively 2a, 2b, and 2c, they having the same degree of desirable, but their order (a, b, c) is arbitrary.

表7发端时隙 第一选择 第二选择 第三选择 第四选择时隙0 0 1 2 3时隙2 2 3 0 1等级→ (1a) (1b) (2a) (2b)由4级(发端)内部呼叫到16级(目标)较佳时隙选择表表8发端时隙 第一选择 第二选择时隙0 0 2时隙1 0 2时隙2 2 0时隙3 2 0等级→ (1) (2)由16级(发端)内部呼叫到4级(目标)较佳时隙选择表表9发端时隙 第一选择 第二选择时隙0 0 2时隙2 2 0等级→ (1) (2)由4级(发端)内部呼叫到4级(目标)较佳时隙选择表频率分配工作具有两个输入。 Table 7 originating third slots of the first selection selects the fourth selection to select the second time slot 00123 slot 22301 Level → (1a) (1b) (2a) (2b) by four (originating ) internal calls to 16 (target) select a preferred time slot beginning exemplar 8 slots first choice second choice timeslot timeslot 002 102 220 slot slot 320 Level → (1 ) (2) by 16 (the originator) to four internal call (target) to select a preferred time slot beginning exemplar 9 slots first choice second choice timeslot timeslot 002 220 Level → (1) (2) by 4 (the originator) to four internal call (target) a better time slot frequency allocation table has two inputs. 这些输入提供了获得进行适当的频率和时隙分配所要求的关键信息的途径。 These inputs provide access to critical information be appropriate frequency and slot allocation in the claims.

第一个输入是进入请求信道用户台的SIN表的索引。 The first input is a request to enter the channel of the subscriber station SIN table index. 依靠这个索引,频率分配可以确定发出请求的用户的暂定调制类型。 Rely on this index, frequency allocation tentative user can determine the type of modulation requesting. 该索引还能通知例行程序将其选择算法的结果(即,频率和时隙数)放在何处。 The index is also routine notification of the results of its selection algorithm (ie, frequency and time slot number) where to put.

频率分配工作的第二个输入指示了频率-时隙请求的类型。 The second input frequency allocation indicates the frequency - type slot request. 第二个输入的值可以是进入SIN表的一个索引,或者是以前定义的非法值DBNULL。 The second value can be entered into the SIN table of an index or an illegal value DBNULL previously defined. 如果收到一个有效的索引,频率分配请求将被确认为一个用户-用户呼叫的目标方,并使用选择表。 If you receive a valid index, frequency allocation request will be recognized as a user - the target user's call and use the selection table. 如果收到DBNULL信号,该请求被认为符合外部-来源型并采用“最合适的时隙位置”算法。 If you receive DBNULL signal, the request is considered to meet the external - source model and adopt the "most appropriate slot position" algorithm.

如果成功地完成了频率-时隙组合的分配,频率分配工作回答TRUE,否则回答FALSE。 The successful completion of the frequency - allocated slot combination, frequency allocation answer TRUE, otherwise answer FALSE. 这还能产生所需要的附加作用。 It also produces additional effect desired. 如果分配是成功的,基带标志和SIN表的时隙字段亦为请求用户填写好了。 If the assignment is successful, the baseband symbol table and slot fields SIN also requests the user filled out.

频率分配算法可分为两个阶段,第一阶段称为分类阶段,该阶段确定分配请求的类型。 Frequency allocation algorithm can be divided into two phases, the first is called classification phase, which determines the type of allocation requests. 第二阶段称为选择阶段该阶段由分配请求类型所决定的相应的算法求解并分配一个频率-时隙组合。 The second phase is called the selection phase of the phase corresponding to the type of algorithm determined by solving the allocation request and assign a frequency - time slot combinations.

在分类阶段首先确定是否会发生自动频率选择。 In the classification stage first determine whether the automatic frequency selection will occur. 如果提出请求的用户已经置于手动工作方式,则限定的手动调制级,手动频率和手动时隙值即决定了所分配的频率-时隙-调制。 If the requesting user has been placed in manual mode, the modulation level defined manually, and manual slot manually frequency value, i.e. determines the allocated frequency - time slot - modulation. 如果限定的频率-时隙是合适的,则被分派给提出请求的用户。 If the defined frequency - time slot is appropriate, were assigned to the requesting user. 如果所限定的频率-时隙是不合适的,例行程序送回一个FALSE(假)值。 If the defined frequency - time slot is not appropriate, the routine sends back a FALSE (false) value. 如果提出请求的用户已被置于自动工作方式,则需要进一步的分类。 If the requesting user has been placed in the automatic mode of operation, the need for further classification.

在确定了要进行自动选择以后,频率分配算法确定请求类型。 In determining the future to be automatically selected, frequency allocation algorithm determines the type of request. 这些请求类型如下:“外部-输入”适用于当一个目标用户台被外部电话呼叫时;“外部-输出”适用于当一个发端用户台呼叫一个外部电话时;“内部-输出”适用于当一个发端用户台呼叫另一个用户台时;“内部-输入”适用于当一个目标用户台被另一个用户台呼叫时。 These requests types are as follows: "External - Enter" when applied to a target user station is outside telephone call; "External - Output" applies when an originating user station to an external telephone call; "Internal - Output" applies when a When a call originating user station to another user station; "Internal - Enter" applies when a target user station to another user station is call. 如果请求是一个外部-输入,外部-输出或内部-输出,则通过搜索最合适的位置来选定一个时隙。 If the request is an external - input, external - internal or output - outputs, by searching the most suitable position to select a time slot. 一旦该位置被选定,所有的频率被顺序搜索,直至找到所希望的位置上的一个空闲时隙(或在4级请求时找到一对相邻的时隙)。 Once the position is selected, all the frequencies are searched in the order, until it finds an idle time slot on the desired position (or to find a pair of adjacent slots at four request). 此时,程序将适当的数值放入SIN表,并退出,同时送回一个TRUE(真)值。 At this point, the program will put the appropriate value SIN table and exits back to a TRUE (true) value. 如果请求符号最后一种类型(内部-输入),则需要进一步的信息。 If the request is signed last type (internal - input), you need further information.

当产生了一个内部-输入型请求时,还进一步需要两个比特的信息。 When generating an internal - input type request, further requires two bits of information. 必须选取发端用户台的时隙分配和调制类型(4-级或16-级)一旦获得这些信息后,根据发端用户和目标用户的调制类型确定相应的选择表。 You must select the originating user station slot allocation and modulation type (4- or 16-grade level) once to obtain this information, determine the appropriate selection table according to the originating user and the target user's modulation type. 选定了该表以后,发端用户的时隙分配用来决定所使用的选择表中适当的一行。 After the table is selected, the originating user to determine the slot allocation table is used to select the appropriate line. 在所选择的行中,每个序列项具有同等程度的理想或不太理想的时隙分配。 In the selected row, each item having a desired sequence or less desirable time slot assignment same degree. 该表将顺序查询,直到找到一个合适的时隙,(从最理想的时隙位置开始,直到所有的时隙位置均被查完)。 The table will order inquiries, until you find a suitable time slot (slot position from the best starting position until all slots are checked End). 对于每个时隙位置(对4-级连接,则是每个时隙对),将顺序搜索每一个频率直到找到实际的时隙(或时隙对)。 For each slot position (for 4- level connection, it is for each time slot), the order of the search until you find the actual frequency of each time slot (or slots on). 所得到的频率和时隙值并不输入到相应的SIN表的栏目内而程序退出,并送回一个TRUE值。 Frequency and time slot values obtained are not entered into the appropriate section of SIN table and the program exits, and returned a value of TRUE.

一个“时隙计数”阵列对每一个时隙位置进行适用时隙数目的跟踪。 A "slot counter" array location for each time slot number of the time slot applicable tracking. 这些记数由数据库模块保留并且在频率分配作业时被参考。 These counts are reserved by the database module and frequency allocation job is referenced.

SIN表保存着系统所识别的每一个用户的相关的信息。 SIN table holds information relating to each identified user's system. 在SIN表中进行下列存取作业。 Access to jobs in the following table SIN.

调制级(读):在内部-呼叫建立期间,将从这个表中提取请求一个频率的用户的调制级以及发端用户的调制级。 Modulation level (read): Inside - during call setup, extracting from the table the user requests a frequency modulation level and the modulation level originating user.

时隙数(读):在一个内部-呼叫建立时,必须检索发端用户的时隙分配。 The number of slots (read): In an internal - When the call is established, the originating user must retrieve slot allocation.

时隙数(写):请求信道的用户的时隙分配被输入到这里。 Number of time slots (W): the time slot assignment request channels user is input here.

基带-索引(写):请求信道的用户的频率分配被输入到这里。 Baseband - index (write): the user's request frequency distribution channel is entered here.

频率分配例行程序为了搜索一个适当的频率-时隙组合,要利用BCC表。 Frequency allocation routine in order to search for an appropriate frequency - slot portfolio to take advantage of BCC table. 对于BCC表,将进行下面的存取作业:信道-状态(读):检查一个信道的状态以确定其可用性。 For the BCC table, make the following access jobs: Channel - Status (read): Check the status of a channel in order to determine its availability.

信道-情况(读):检查一个信道的情况以确认所指定的信道是否为一个话音信道。 Channel - the case (read): checking a channel situation to confirm whether the designated channel is a voice channel.

信道-状态(写):当所指定的信道被选中用于分配时,信道状态将被改变。 Channel - state (write): When the specified channel is selected for allocation, channel status will be changed.

信道-控制(写):发出请求的用户的调制类型被写入信道控制字节。 Channel - control (write): requesting user modulation type is written to the channel control byte.

SIN-索引(写):由可选择的信道向请求的用户建立链路。 SIN- index (write): To establish a link to a user's request by the selectable channels.

频率分配程序直接对数据库进行存取。 Frequency allocation program directly access the database. 出于速度和效率的考虑这是必要的。 For speed and efficiency, it is necessary to consider. 只要有可能,数据库接口程序就被用来从频率分配程序对数据库进行存取。 Whenever possible, the database interface program will be used from the frequency allocation process to access the database.

用户电话接口单元(STU)在其基本的工作方式中,STU作为一个接口单元(它把一个与标准电话机相接口的双线模拟信号转换为64千比特每秒的PCM编码的数字采样信号)参考图12,STU包括一个用户线接口电路(SLIC)53,该电路通过线37直接联接到一个500型按键式电话机。 A user telephone interface unit (STU) in its basic mode of operation, STU as an interface unit (which is an analog signal is converted to two-wire telephone set to interface with the standard is 64 kilobits per second PCM encoded digital signal samples) with reference to FIG. 12, STU comprises a subscriber line interface circuit (SLIC) 53, the circuit 37 via line 500 is directly coupled to a touch-tone telephone. SLIC 53为电话的工作提供了适当的电压和阻抗特性。 SLIC 53 provides the appropriate voltage and impedance characteristics for telephone work. 另外,SLIC 53可使一个“振铃”电流加到电话机上并且还执行“挂机/摘机”检测。 In addition, SLIC 53 allows a "ringing" current is applied to the telephone and also perform "on-hook / off-hook" test. SLIC 53在线54上的信号输出是模拟的话音频率(VF)发送和接收信号。 SLIC 53 output signal on line 54 is an analog voice frequency (VF) transmit and receive signals. 随后,这些信号被PCM编码译码器55转换成PCM信号。 Subsequently, these signals are PCM codec 55 is converted into PCM signal. PCM编码译码器55以8KHz速度利用μ-255压扩算法把话音信号数字化为8比特样值信号。 PCM codec 55 to 8KHz rate of utilization μ-255 companding algorithm of the voice signal into 8-bit digital signal samples. PCM编码译码器55实质上是全双工的。 PCM codec 55 is substantially full duplex. 然后,数字化的话音样值信号通过线56送往一个“方式选择”多路调制器(MUX)57。 Then, the digitized speech samples a signal sent via line 56 "mode select" multiplexer (MUX) 57. MUX的工作方式由用户控制器单元SCU 58决定。 MUX work by the user controller unit SCU 58 decisions. SCU 58通过一个发送/接收FIFO 59与MUX 57接口。 SCU 58 via a transmit / receive FIFO 59 and MUX 57 interface. SCU 58本质上包含一个8031型微控制器。 SCU 58 includes a 8031-type microcontroller nature. SCU通过RS-232接口电路60与CCU 29连接。 SCU connected via RS-232 interface circuit 60 and CCU 29. 并且进一步控制SLIC 53的操作。 And further controlling the operation SLIC 53.

SCU基本可按三个截然不同的工作方式中的任一个方式工作。 SCU may be three distinct basic mode of operation of any one of said work. 第一个(也是最基本的)工作方式是话音方式。 The first (and most basic) work is the voice mode. 在这种方式中,来自PCM编码译码器55的话音采样信号通过方式选择MUX 57和一个VCU驱动/接收电路61送往VCU 28。 In this manner, the voice signal by way of sampling from the PCM codec 55 and a selection MUX 57 VCU driver / receiver circuit 61 sent to the VCU 28. 在VCU 28中信号被进一步处理以使比特速率从64千比特每秒减小到14.6千比特每秒,然后送给基地台发射。 In the VCU 28 the signal is further processed to make the bit rate is reduced from 64 kilobits per second to 14.6 kilobits per second, and then sent to the base station transmitter.

第二种工作方式是数据方式。 The second work is data mode. 在这种方式中,来自/去往VCU28的64千比特每秒数据流不包括话音信息;相反,传输到基地台的信息是一种来自外部数据源,而且被改变了形式的数据流,该数据流以14.6千比特每秒的信道数据速率进行发送。 In this manner, from / to the VCU28 of 64 kilobits per second data stream does not include voice information; instead, the information transmitted to the base station is a data from external sources, but was changed in the form of a data stream, the data stream to 14.6 kilobits per second channel data rate transmission. STU还包括一个RS-232数据端口62,以便使用以9600波特工作的标准异步RS-232接口,通过线63建立与某个数据设备(如,终端)的连接。 STU also includes an RS-232 data port 62 for use with standard asynchronous RS-232 interface to work at 9600 baud, the connection established via line 63 and a data device (eg, terminal). 为了使来自RS-232数据端口62的数据同步,STU包括一个UART和定时器电路64。 In order to make the port 62 of the RS-232 data from the synchronous data, STU comprises a timer circuit 64 and UART. VCU 28将该同步数据分组,从而使其可以通过14.6千比特每秒的信道限制。 VCU 28 the synchronous data packets, so that it can restrict the channel 14.6 kilobits per second. 这种方式支持全双工数据传输。 This approach supports full-duplex data transmission.

第三种STU的工作方式是呼叫建立方式。 The third way is to work STU call setup mode. 在这种方式中,并没有数据通过方式选择MUX 57,从STU 27向VCU 28传输。 In this manner, no data by selecting MUX 57, 27 28 is transmitted from the STU to the VCU. 但是,一个回铃音发生器电路65被连接到方式选择MUX 57上。 However, a ringback tone generator circuit 65 is connected to the mode selection MUX 57. 该电路呼叫安排过程中使用的音频进行数字合成,如忙音和错误音。 Audio of the circuit arrangement used during the call for digital synthesis, such as busy tone and an error tone. 在呼叫安排过程中,用户拨出的DTMF数字由一个DTMF检测电路66检测,并由SCU 58处理以建立该呼叫。 In the call arrangement process, the user dialed DTMF digits from a DTMF detection circuit 66 detects, by the SCU 58 treatment to establish the call. 回铃音发生器电路65向用户的耳机回送适当的音频信号。 Ringback tone generator circuit 65 sends back an appropriate audio signal to the user of the headset. 振铃发生器67连接到SLIC 53上。 Ring generator 67 is connected to the 53 SLIC. 时标发生器68给PCM编码译码器55,VCU驱动器接收器电路61和回铃音频发生器65提供定时信号。 Timing generator 68 to the PCM codec 55, VCU driver receiver circuit 61 and ringback tone generator 65 provides timing signals. 一旦完成呼叫安排将置于话音工作方式或数据工作方式以便与基地台通讯。 Once the call is placed in voice work schedule or work for data communication with the base station.

对STU的另一个要求是它应能消除来自远程连接端的,不希望的回波信号。 Another requirement is that it should be on the STU eliminate undesirable echo signals from the remote connection terminal. 在基地台与用户台之间,声音信号的环路传输延时将会大于100毫秒。 Between the base station and the subscriber station, the sound signal loop transmission delay will be greater than 100 milliseconds. 在任意一端由于阻抗失配造成的任何反射信号将作为令人讨厌的回波而返回。 Any reflected signal at either due to impedance mismatch caused as annoying echo returns. 这个问题由基地台的PBX功能中的一个回波消除系统来解决。 The problems caused by the base station in a PBX features to solve the echo cancellation system. STU必须提供用户台中的回波消除。 STU must provide a user station echo cancellation. 这个消除工作需要至少40分贝的回波衰减。 This work requires the elimination of at least 40 dB echo attenuation. 需要消除的回波的延时非常小,然而,由于我们所感兴趣的反射是在STU中的SLIC 53与本地电话机之间,这个距离一般是几十英呎。 Need to eliminate the echo delay is very small, however, since the reflection we are interested in is between SLIC STU 53 and the local telephone set, this distance is generally several tens of feet. 其中的延时基本上是零。 Wherein the delay is substantially zero.

在SCU 58中的8031微处理-控制器所起的作用如同基地台中的RPU 20和PBX呼叫处理器24。 8031 microprocessor in the SCU 58 - The role of the controller as the base station RPU 20 and the PBX call processor 24. 它通过在无线控制信道(RCC)上发送的消息与基地台RPU 20通讯,并控制STU 27的每个功能。 It is through the message with the base station in a wireless channel (RCC) on communications sent RPU 20 and 27 each function control STU. STU还通过基带控制信道(BCC)与用户台CCU 29通讯。 STU through baseband channel (BCC) and the subscriber station CCU 29 newsletter. 与CCU 29接口的RS-232以9600波特的速率工作。 And CCU RS-232 29 interface to work at a rate of 9600 baud. 该接口也被用来转换CCU 29和用户台的STU 27之间的控制信息。 The interface is also used to convert STU CCU 29 and the subscriber station 27 between the control information.

话音编码译码单元(VCU)话音编码译码单元(VCU)实现了四个全双工的RELP话音压缩系统。 Voice codec unit (VCU) voice codec unit (VCU) implements RELP four full-duplex voice compression systems. VCU的设计对基地台和用户台是相同的。 VCU is designed for base stations and subscriber stations are the same. 在用户台中只使用全部功能的四分之一(即,仅是四个通道之一)。 Use only a quarter of the full functionality of the subscriber stations (i.e., only one of the four channels). 在用户台中对STU 27的接口与基地台VCU 17所连接的四个PBX信道中的每个信道所使用的接口均相同。 Interface in the user station to the STU 27 interface with the base station PBX VCU four channels 17 are connected to each channel being used are the same. VCU 17,28采用完全数字化的方案实现RELP话音算法,如同由Philip J.Wilson在1984年11月2日提交的题为《在数字信号处理器中实现的RELP声码器》(RELP Vocoder Implementcd in Digital Signal Processors)的共同未决美国专利申请NO.667,446中所描述。 VCU 17,28 a fully digital voice program to achieve RELP algorithm, as entitled by Philip J.Wilson in the November 2, 1984 filed "in the digital signal processor implemented RELP vocoder" (RELP Vocoder Implementcd in Digital Signal Processors) of co-pending U.S. Patent Application NO.667,446 described. 其公开的内容在此引证作为参考。 The disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in. 另一种方法可以采用子带编码译码器。 Another method may be employed subband codec. 被处理的数据通过一个公共并行总线接口提供给CCU 18,29,该接口由CCU软件控制。 Processed data provided by a common parallel bus interface to the CCU 18,29, the interface software control by the CCU. 为了确定CCU 18,29的工作方式和结构,CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28送出控制信号。 To determine the work and structure of CCU 18,29, CCU 18,29 sends control signals to the VCU 17,28. 下面描述工作方式,功能说明以及与VCU 17,28相关的实施考虑。 The following description of work, functional description and the VCU 17,28 related implementation considerations.

图3示出了PBX 15和VCU 17之间的接口,STU27与VCU 28之间的接口在图14中示出。 Figure 3 shows the interface 17 between the PBX 15 and the VCU, the interface between STU27 and VCU 28 are shown in FIG. 14. STU 27接口为PBX 15接口的一部分,其中STU 27仅提供一个全双工话音通道的操作。 STU 27 interface as part of PBX 15 interface, wherein the STU 27 to provide only a full duplex voice channel operations. PBX和STU接口的定时关系是相同的并在图15中示出。 STU interfaces and PBX timing relationships are the same and shown in Figure 15. 表10说明了图15中所使的符号所代表的特性。 Table 10 illustrates in Figure 15 so that the characteristics represented by the symbols.

表10符号 参数 最小值 一般值 最大值 单位tw0 PBX帧宽度 - 125 - μstw1 时钟脉冲宽度 1.8 2.0 2.2 μstw2 门0静止宽度 - 93.75 - μstw3 门0门1静止 5.9 7.8 9.7 μs宽度tw4 门1 52.8 54.7 56.6 μs静止宽度门0td0 启动脉冲-时 0 250 -800 ns钟0的时延td1 启动脉冲-时 0 250 -800 ns钟1的时延td2 时钟0-门0 100 1000 2000 ns边缘 时延td3 时钟1-门1 100 1000 2000 ns边缘 时延ts0 输入数据建立 20 1500 - ns时间ts1 输出数据建立 500 1800 - ns时间th0 输出数据保持 500 2200 - ns时间参考图13,PBX SDATO,1,2,3传输线70,71,72,73,将数据信号从PBX 15传输到基地台中的VCU 17。 Table 10. Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw0 PBX general frame width - 125 - μstw1 clock pulse width 0 1.8 2.0 2.2 μstw2 door still width - 93.75 - μstw3 a stationary door 0 5.9 7.8 9.7 μs width tw4 door 1 52.8 54.7 56.6 μs still 0td0 start pulse width of the door - when the bell 0 0 250 -800 ns pulse delay td1 start - when 0 250 -800 ns clock a clock delay td2 door 0- 0 100 1000 2000 ns clock edge delay td3 1 - Gate 1 100 1000 2000 ns edge time delay ts0 input data to establish 20 1500 - ns Output data setup time ts1 500 1800 - ns time th0 output data hold 500 2200 - ns time Referring to FIG. 13, PBX SDATO, 1,2,3 transmission line 70,71,72,73, the data signal transmitted from the PBX 15 to the base station VCU 17. 在用户台中,数据信号通过STU SDATO线74从STU 27传送到VCU 28(参见图14)。 The subscriber stations, the data signal 74 is transmitted from the STU 27 through STU SDATO line to the VCU 28 (see FIG. 14). 被压缩-扩展的8位μ-255串行信号在PBX/STU门0或PBX门1-3工作期间以256KHz的时钟速率被送往话音编码译码器。 Compressed - Extended 8 μ-255 serial signals during PBX / STU door 0 or PBX door 1-3 working clock rate of 256KHz to be sent to the speech codec. 在256KHz时钟的上升沿;数据存入VCU 17,28。 256KHz rising edge of the clock; data into VCU 17,28.

VCU SDAT0,1,2,3线75,76,77,78将数据信号从VCU传输到基地台中的PBX 15。 75,76,77,78 The data signal line from VCU VCU SDAT0,1,2,3 transmitted to the base station of the PBX 15. VCU SDATO线29将数据从VCU 28送到用户台的STU 27。 VCU SDATO line 29 data from VCU 28 to the subscriber station STU 27. 被压缩/扩展的8位μ-255串行数据在PBX/STU门0或PBX门1-3有效的高电平期间以256KHz的时钟频率从话音编码译码器送到PBX 15或STU 27。 By compression / expansion of 8 μ-255 serial data PBX / STU door 0 or PBX door 1-3 effective during high to 256KHz clock frequency from the voice codec to the PBX 15 or the STU 27. 数据在256KHz时钟的上升沿从VCU 17,28定时输出。 At the rising edge of the output from the 256KHz clock timing VCU 17,28.

PBX门0,1,2,3线80,81,82,83将门信号从PBX 15送到基地台的VCU 17。 80,81, 82,83 the gate signal lines from the PBX door 0,1,2,3 PBX 15 to the base station VCU 17. STU门0线84将门信号从STU 27送到用户台的VCU 28。 STU door 0 gate signal line 84 from the STU 27 to the VCU 28 user stations. 该门信号是一个用来对PBX/STU SDAT0,PBX SDAT1-3和VCU SDAT0-3的传输能起作用的高电平起动信号。 The gate signal is used for PBX / STU SDAT0, transmission PBX SDAT1-3 and VCU SDAT0-3 can play a role in high-level start signal. 每过125微秒,该门信号对8个连续时钟周期有效。 Every 125 microseconds, the gate signal for eight consecutive clock cycle.

PBX CLK 0,1,2,3线85,86,87,88将256KHz时钟信号从PBX 15输送给基地台中的VCU 17。 PBX CLK 0,1,2,3 line 85,86,87,88 will 256KHz clock signal is sent from the PBX 15 to the base station VCU 17. STU CLK0线89将一个256KHz时钟信号从STU 27传送到用户台中的VCU 28。256KHz的时钟信号用来把PBX/STU SDATO和PBX SDAT 1-3的信号与VCU 17,28定时并将VCU SDAT 0-3的信号与PBX 15或STU 27定时。 STU CLK0 line 89 will be a 256KHz clock signal from STU 27 to the VCU 28.256KHz clock signal subscriber stations used to PBX / STU SDATO and PBX SDAT signal timing and VCU 1-3 of 17, 28 and VCU SDAT 0 -3 signals with PBX 15 or STU 27 timing. 然而,这些时钟与VCU 17,28,CCU 18,29或调制解调器19,30中产生的任何时钟都不同步。 However, the clock and the VCU 17,28, any clock or modem CCU 18,29 19,30 generated not synchronized.

在基地台中,PBX-VCU接口将四个信道的同步的64千比特每秒串行信号转换为8位并行数据,然后使这些数据适合于以8KHz的采样速率用于四个发送话音编码译码器16。 In the base station, PBX-VCU interface 64 kilobits per second synchronized serial signal into four channels of 8-bit parallel data, then the data is adapted to the sampling rate of 8KHz for four transmission voice codec 16. 在用户台中,仅有一个通道(通道0)被STU-VCU接口转换。 User Taichung, only one channel (channel 0) is STU-VCU interface converter. 所必要的时钟和门由PBX 15和STU 27提供。 The necessary clock and gate 27 provided by the PBX 15 and the STU.

PBX-VCU和STU-VCU接口还对接收音频编码译码器执行互补功能。 PBX-VCU and STU-VCU interface also perform complementary functions to receive audio codec. 在基地台,从四个编码译码器通道接收的8位并行数据为了回送给PBX 15,被转换到四个64千比特每秒的同步串行通道上。 In the base station, received from the channel codec four 8-bit parallel data in order to return to the PBX 15, is converted to the four 64 kilobits per second synchronous serial channel. 在用户台中,一个话音通道被转换并送回到STU 27。 User Taichung, a voice channel is converted and sent back to the STU 27.

图16示出在VCU 17,28和CCU 18,29之间的硬件接口,在VCC与CCU之间的发送和接收通道的定时关系分别在图17和图18中示出。 Figure 16 shows the VCU 17,28 and CCU hardware interfaces 18, 29 between the timing relationship between the transmit and receive channels, respectively, between VCC and CCU 17 in FIG. 18 and shown in FIG. 表11和表12分别描述了在图17和图18中使用的符号所代表的特性。 Tables 11 and 12, respectively, describe the symbols used in Figures 17 and 18 represent characteristics.

注意,图17和18论及的情况发生在图19A和19B所示的VCBTP期间,各个接口信号的定义在以下段落中给出。 Note that, the case of FIG. 17 and 18 discussed in FIG. 19A VCBTP occurs during and 19B shown, each interface definition signal is given in the following paragraphs.

表11符号 特性 最小 最大 单位td1 话音编码译码器 - μs数据块传送周期 750 μstd2 TCVC响应时间 1.25 15 μstd3 CCU DMA响 1.25 μs应时间td4 交换延时 15 nstd5 VC数据块周期延时 150 μsth1 控制数据保持 nsth2 状态数据保持 nsth3 TC数据保持 nsts1 控制数据建立 nsts2 状态数据建立 nsts3 TC数据建立 nstw1 “写”宽度 nstw2 “读”宽度 nstw3 数据块请求宽度 1.5 μs Table 11. Characteristics Symbol Min Max Unit td1 voice codec - μs data block transfer cycle 750 μstd2 TCVC response time 1.25 15 μstd3 CCU DMA 1.25 μs response time td4 should exchange data delayed 15 nstd5 VC cycle delay block 150 μsth1 control data keep nsth2 state data maintained nsth3 TC data retention nsts1 control data to establish nsts2 state data establish nsts3 TC data establish nstw1 "write" width nstw2 "read" data block requested width width nstw3 1.5 μs

表12符号 特性 最小 最大 单位td6 数据块传送周期 750 μstd7 CCU数据响应时间 1.25 μstd8 VC响应时间 1.25 15 μstd9 交换延时 15 nstd10 VC数据块周期延时 150 μsth4 控制数据保持 nsth5 状态数据保持 nsth6 RC数据保持 nsts4 控制数据建立 nsts5 状态数据建立 nsts6 RC数据建立 nstw4 “写”宽度 nstw5 “读”宽度 nstw6 数据块请求宽度 1.5 μs Table 12. Characteristics Symbol Min Max Unit td6 data block transfer cycle 750 μstd7 CCU data response time 1.25 μstd8 VC response time 1.25 15 μstd9 exchange data delayed 15 nstd10 VC cycle delay block 150 μsth4 control data maintained nsth5 state data maintained nsth6 RC data retention nsts4 control data to establish nsts5 state data establish nsts6 RC data to establish nstw4 "write" width nstw5 "read" data block request nstw6 width width 1.5 μs

图19A和19B示出了各种发送与接收语声数据块之间的定时关系。 19A and 19B shows the timing relationship between the various sending and receiving voice data between the blocks. 该传送是在VCU 17,28和CCU 18,29之间以16级相移键控调制传输的。 The transfer is between VCU 17,28 and CCU 18,29 to 16 phase shift keying modulation transmission. 在图19A的上部是所有的传送都需参考的系统帧定时。 In the upper part of Fig. 19A is the system frame timing are required to transfer all of the reference. 这个帧定时也适用于19B。 The frame timing is also applicable to 19B. 一个调制解调帧的宽度是45ms并且包括4个话音时隙(或者通道)。 A modem frame length is 45ms and includes four voice time slots (or channels). 每一话音时隙由各包括82个码元(要求5.125毫秒)的话音数据的两个系统话音数据块周期(SVBP)和附加的要求1.0毫秒帧时间的16个额外数据码元组成。 Each speech timeslot comprises two systems each voice data block period 82 yards element (request 5.125 ms) of voice data (SVBP) and the additional requirement of 1.0 millisecond frame time 16 additional data symbols composition.

对于发送信道,在一个话音编码译码器数据块传送周期(VCBTP)中的每一个SVBP的开始部分之前首先从VCU 17,28到CCU18,29传送处理过的328比特(41字节)的语声。 For the transmission channel, the first from VCU 17,28 to CCU18,29 transfer process before the beginning of each SVBP in a voice codec block transfer period (VCBTP) in over 328 bits (41 bytes) of language sound. 所示出的VCU的64千比特每秒输入数据流(该数据流与一个处理过的语声数据块相关)被分配在22.5ms宽度的,数个话音编码器数据块周期(VCBP)中。 64 kilobits per second data stream input VCU is illustrated (the data stream and a processed voice data block associated) are allocated in 22.5ms width, a number of the speech coder data block period (VCBP) in. 参见图19A中的发送信道0,在VCBP OA1和OB1中未处理的VC输入数据与VCBTP OA1和OB1中已处理过的数据相对应。 See Figure 19A of the transmission channel 0, in VCBP OA1 and OB1 unprocessed VC input data and VCBTP OA1 and OB1 already processed data correspond. 还应该注意到,通道0和2的VCBP与通道1和3的VCBP错开了半个VCBP(即11.25毫秒)。 It should also be noted that the channel 0 and channel 1 and 2 of VCBP and VCBP 3 shifted half VCBP (i.e. 11.25 msec).

对于接收信道(如图19B所示),在一个话音编码译码器数据块发送周期(VCBTP)的每个SVBP的结束部分从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28传送处理过的328比特(41字节)的语声数据块。 For receiving channel (FIG. 19B), at the end portion of a voice codec data block transmission period (VCBTP) each SVBP from CCU 18,29 transferred to VCU 17,28 treated 328 bits (41 bytes) voice, data blocks. 与发送信道一样,VCBP到VCBTP的时间差是相关实现的并在图19B中示出了一个VCBP的(最大)偏差。 With the same transmission channel, VCBP to VCBTP time difference is associated implementation and FIG. 19B shows an VCBP (maximum) deviation. 为了理解话音编码译码器的输入和输出数据关系,参见图19A和19B。 To understand the relationship between the input and output data of the voice codec, see Fig. 19A and 19B. 对于接收通道0,在VCBP OA10和OB10期间传送的压缩语声数据与VCBP OA10和OB10中的处理过的扩展数据流对应。 For receiving channel 0, and during the OB10 VCBP OA10 compressed voice data and extended data stream corresponds treated VCBP OA10 and OB10 in the transfer.

TCADDR线90从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28送出发送信道地址信号,这三根地址线用来选择当前的发送信道地址。 TCADDR line 90 from the CCU 18,29 sent to VCU 17,28 transmit channel address signals which three address lines used to select the current transmission channel address.

TCDATA总线91在VCU 17,28和CCU 18,29之间传输发送信道数据信号。 TCDATA bus 91 between VCU 17,28 and CCU 18,29 transmit channel data signal transmission.

TCDAV线92从VCU 17,28向CCU 18,29送出一个发送信道数据有效信号,该TCDAV/信号向CCU 18,29指出在TCDATA寄存器中的一个数据字节是有效的。 TCDAV line 92 to the CCU 18,29 from VCU 17,28 sends a data valid signal transmission channel, which TCDAV / signal to the CCU 18,29 TCDATA register indicated in a data byte is valid. TCDAV信号在一个TCDACK信号触发以前一直保持低电平。 TCDAV signal triggers a signal before TCDACK remains low.

TCDACK线93从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28发出一个传送通道数据认可信号。 TCDACK line 93 of a transmission channel data signal from the CCU 18,29 approval issued to the VCU 17,28. 该TCDACK/信号使数据选通到TCDATA总线上并使TCDAV/复位。 The TCDACK / signal so that the data strobe to make TCDAV / Reset TCDATA bus.

TCSCWR线94从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28送出一个发送信道状态/控制“写”信号,TCSCWR信号将话音编码译码控制字写入由TCADDR线确定的,适当的发送信道控制寄存器中。 TCSCWR line 94 from the CCU 18,29 to VCU 17,28 sends a transmit channel status / control "write" signal, TCSCWR speech signal coding and decoding the control word written by the TCADDR line determined, an appropriate transmission channel control register.

TCSCRD线95从CCU 18,29向VCU 17、28送出发送信道状态/控制“读”信号。 TCSCRD to line 95 from the CCU 18,29 / Control "read" signal VCU 17,28 sends the channel state. 该TCSCRD信号把状态字节从TCADDR线所指定的话音编码译码器的状态寄存器选通到TCDATA总线上。 The TCSCRD signal to the voice codec specified by the status byte from TCADDR Line Status Register gated to TCDATA bus.

BLOCKRQ线96从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28送出一个数据块请求信号。 BLOCKRQ request signal line 96 from the CCU 18,29 to VCU 17,28 sends a data block. 该BLOCKRQ信号用来启动从话音编码译码器(由TCADDR线决定)通过TCDATA总线,向CCU 18,29进行的41字节的成块数据传输。 The BLOCKRQ from the voice signal to enable the codec (determined by TCADDR line) through TCDATA bus 41 to the CCU 18,29 conducted bytes into blocks of data transmission. BLOCKRQ被话音编码译码器用作VCBP定时的启动信号。 BLOCKRQ speech codec is used as a start signal VCBP timing.

TCVCRST线97从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28送出一个发送信道话音编码译码器复位信号。 TCVCRST line 97 from CCU 18,29 to VCU 17,28 sends a transmit channel voice codec reset signal. 由TCADDR线确定的发送话音编码译码器被复位。 TCADDR line determined by transmitting voice codec is reset.

RCADDR线98从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28发出接收信道地址信号。 RCADDR line 98 from CCU 18,29 17,28 emit a signal to the receiver channel address VCU. 这些地址线被用来选择当前接收信道的地址。 These address lines are used to select the address of the currently received channel.

RCDATA总线98在CCU 18,29和VCU 17,28之间传输接收信道的数据信号。 RCDATA bus CCU 18,29 and 98 at VCU transmission channel between 17.28 receive data signals.

RCDAV线100从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28发送一个接收信道数据有效信号。 RCDAV line 100 a receiving channel data valid signal is sent from the CCU 18,29 to VCU 17,28. 该RCDAV信号向由RCADDR线指定的话音编码译码器指出在该RCDATA寄存器中的一个数据字节是有效的。 The RCDAV signal to the line specified by RCADDR voice codec indicated in the RCDATA register a data byte is valid. RCDAV信号使该数据选通到RCDATA总线上,并输入RCDATA寄存器中,且使RCDACK线复位。 RCDAV so that the data strobe signal to the RCDATA bus and enter RCDATA register and make RCDACK line reset.

RCDACK线110从VCU 17,28向CCU 18,29发送一个接收信道数据认可信号。 RCDACK line 110 from VCU 17,28 CCU 18,29 sends a data channel to receive recognition signal. 该RCDACK信号向CCU 18,29指示:数据已从RCDATA寄存器中读出并且,可以从CCU 18,29中传输另一个字节。 The RCDACK signal 18,29 instructions to CCU: Data from RCDATA register reads and can be transmitted to another 18, 29 bytes from the CCU.

RCSCWR线102从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28传送一个接收信道状态/控制“写”信号。 RCSCWR line 102 CCU 18,29 a reception channel state transmitted from the VCU 17,28 / Control "write" signal. 该RCSCWR信号把控制字写入由RCADDR线确定的,适当的话音编码译码器控制寄存器中。 The RCSCWR signal to the control word written by RCADDR line determined the appropriate voice codec control registers. 数据在RCSCWR信号的上升沿被锁存到寄存器内。 At the rising edge RCSCWR signal is latched into the registers.

RCSCRD线103从VCU 17,28向CCU 18,29,传送一个通道状态/控制“读”信号。 RCSCRD line 103 from VCU 17,28 to CCU 18,29, transmit a channel status / control "read" signal. 该RCSCRD信号把话音编码译码器状态字从由RCADDR线确定的状态寄存器中读到RCDATA总线上。 The RCSCRD signal to the voice codec status word read from the line determined by RCADDR status register on RCDATA bus.

BLOCKRDY线104从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28传送一个数据块“准备好”信号。 BLOCKRDY line 104 "Ready" from CCU 18,29 transfer a block of data to VCU 17,28 signal. 该BLOCKRDY信号用来启动从CCU 18,29向由RCADDR线确定的话音编码译码器进行的41字节的成块数据传输。 This signal is used to start BLOCKRDY from CCU 18,29 to the line determined by RCADDR voice codec conducted into 41-byte blocks of data transmission. 话音编码译码器将BLOCKRDY信号用于启动VCBP的定时。 Voice codec will BLOCKRDY signal for timing the start VCBP. 在BLOCKRDY信号的上升沿之前,要求CCU 18,29在RCDATA寄存器上有一个有效的数据字节。 Before the rising edge BLOCKRDY signals, require CCU 18,29 has a valid data byte on RCDATA register.

RCVCRST线105从CCU 18,29向VCU 17,28发送一个接收信道话音编码译码器复位信号。 RCVCRST line 105 receives a voice channel codec reset signal from the CCU 18,29 send to VCU 17,28. 由RCADDR指定的话音编码器被RCVCRST信号复位。 Specified by the speech coder is RCVCRST RCADDR signal is reset.

如图20A所示,接收通道VCU的硬件在一个VCBTP中从CCU 19,29接收41个字节的成块输入数据。 20A, the received channel in a VCBTP VCU hardware receives 41 bytes from the CCU 19,29 of the input data into blocks. 在根据当前的操作方式处理完该数据后,8位μ一律压扩数据以8KHz的速率传输到PBXCSTU)接口模块。 After processing the data according to the current mode of operation, will be 8 μ companding data transfer rate of 8KHz to PBXCSTU) interface module. VCU 17,28中进行数据的缓冲寄存以简化CCU 18,29的输入/输出要求。 VCU 17,28 buffering data in registers to simplify the CCU 18,29 of the input / output requirements. 控制信息通过每个接收信道一组控制和状态端口,在如图18所示的一个VCBTP的开始段,在VCU 17,28和CCU 18,29之间传输。 Receiving control information for each channel a set of control and status port, at the beginning of a segment VCBTP shown in Fig. 18, between the VCU 17,28 and CCU 18,29 transmission. 下述的工作方式由接收编码译码器支持:在外部方式中,以14.6千比特每秒的输入数据速率(每22.5ms,328位)和64千比特每秒的输出数据速率执行语声频带展宽工作。 The following work supported by the receiver codec: the external mode, to 14.6 kilobits per second input data rate (every 22.5ms, 328 bits) and 64 kilobits per second output data rate voice band performed broadening work. 语声数据亦可包括DTMF音频信号。 Voice, data may also include DTMF tones.

在内部方式中,以上被压缩的14.6千比特每秒语声通过VCU 17,28从CCU 18,29传送到PBX 15或STU 27。 In the internal mode, the above compressed 14.6 kilobits per second voice transmitted through VCU 17,28 from CCU 18,29 to the PBX 15 or the STU 27. 由于PBX 15或STU 27需要64千比特每秒的数据,必然会产生数据流的填充。 Because PBX 15 or the STU 27 require 64 kilobits per second of data, would have filled the data stream. 在来自CCU 18,29的语声数据变为有效形式以前,输出(64千比特每秒)数据组成一个空闲字节模式(十六进制表示为FF)。 Before the voice data from the CCU 18,29 becomes effective forms output (64 kilobits per second) data byte consisting of an idle mode (hexadecimal representation for FF). 然后输出同步字节(十六进制为55),其后跟随着以上处理的41个数据字节,其后继续维持空闲字节。 Then the output sync byte (hex 55), followed by treatment with more than 41 data bytes, followed by the continuation of free bytes. 图20A提供了一个16级PSK调制的输入和输出数据定时和内容的例子。 Figure 20A provides a 16 PSK modulation data input and output timing and content examples.

在肃静方式中,来自CCU 18,29的语声数据块输入被消耗掉而不使用。 In quiet mode, voice, data blocks from the CCU 18,29 inputs are consumed without being used. 到PBX 15或STU 27的一个输出空闲字节模式(FFhex)被维持着,以保证线肃静。 PBX 15 or the STU 27 to an output byte idle mode (FFhex) is maintained to ensure that the line quiet.

在备用方式中,执行连续的硬件诊断程序,并将状态结果存入状态寄存器。 In standby mode, perform continuous hardware diagnostic program and the result is stored in the status register status. 在响应VCBTPA的一个数据块请求改变了工作方式以前,对CCU18 29的数据块传输将不发生。 In previous response VCBTPA a data block request to change the way of working of CCU18 29 blocks of data transmission will not occur. 新的控制字(及操作方式)由话音编码译码器读出而诊断状态信息被送到CCU 18,29。 New control word (and operating mode) is read out by the voice codec and diagnostic status information is sent to CCU 18,29.

发送信道VCU硬件从PBX/STU接口(以8KHz的采样速率)接收8位μ一律压扩的PCM。 Transmit channel VCU hardware (with a sampling rate of 8KHz) receive all 8 μ companded PCM from PBX / STU interface. 根据当前操作方式处理该数据后,在一个话音编码译码器数据块传输周期(VCBTP)内,将输出数据以41个字节的数据块向CCU 18,29传输(如图19A所示)。 According to the current operating mode after processing the data, in a voice codec block transfer cycle (VCBTP), the output data is 41-byte data block transfer to CCU 18,29 (FIG. 19A). 在VCU17,28中执行数据缓冲以简化CCU 18,29的输入/输出要求。 Perform data buffering in VCU17,28 to simplify input / output requirements of CCU 18,29. 通过用于每一发送信道的一组控制和状态端口,在图17所示的VCBTP的开始处在VCU 17,28和CCU 18,29之间传送控制信息。 For each transmission channel by a set of control and status port, at the beginning of the 17 shown in FIG VCBTP at VCU 17,28 and the CCU transmits control information between 18,29. 由发送编码译码器支持下列操作方式: By sending codec supports the following operating modes:

在外部方式中,以14.6千比特每秒(328位每22.5毫秒)的输出数据率实现语声带宽压缩。 In external mode, to 14.6 kilobits per second (22.5 per 328 ms) of the output data rate to achieve voice bandwidth compression. 处理过的语声数据在41个字节的数据块中传送给CCU 18,29。 Processed voice data to the CCU 18,29 in 41-byte data block. 语声数据亦包括双音复频信号(DTMF)。 Voice, data also includes two-tone complex frequency signal (DTMF).

在内部方式中,通过VCU 17,28,将以上处理的语声数据从PBX 15或STU 27传输到CCU 18,29。64千比特每秒的输入数据流包括一个空闲字节模式(FFhex),一个同步字节(55hex),41个以上处理的压缩语声数据字节,和附加的空闲字节,直至下一个同步字节产生,话音编码译码器监测同步字节的输入数据,(它发生在一个字节的边界上),然后对41个字节的语声数据进行缓冲寄存。 In intra mode, the voice data through VCU 17,28, the above processing from the PBX 15 or the STU 27 is transmitted to CCU 18,29.64 kilobits per second input data stream includes an idle byte mode (FFhex), a sync byte (55hex), 41 or more voice processing compressed data bytes, and additional idle bytes until the next synchronization byte to generate the input data monitoring voice codec sync byte (which occurs on a byte boundary), then 41 bytes of speech data buffer register. 如上所述,在下一个VCBTP期间,语声数据块被送到CCU 18,29。 As described above, during the next VCBTP, voice data block is sent to CCU 18,29. 图20B提供了一个对于16级PSK调制的输入和输出数据定时和内容的例子。 Figure 20B provides an example of a PSK modulation for 16 input and output timing and data contents. 在输出通道的第一段是一个同步字节;第二段是一个处理过的语声字节。 In the first stage output channel is a sync byte; second segment is a processed speech bytes. 画阴影的段表示一个空闲字节模式。 Hatched segment represents an idle byte mode. 注意,同步字节和语声数据字节都不会在VCBP的边界上发生。 Note that the voice sync byte and data byte will not occur on VCBP border.

在肃静方式中,来自PBX 15或STU 27的输入语声数据被消耗掉而不采用。 In the silence, the input speech data from the PBX 15 or the STU 27 instead of being consumed. 给CCU的41个字节的输出语声数据包含一个无声模式。 To the CCU 41 bytes of output data contains a silent voice mode.

在备用方式中,执行连续的硬件诊断程序并将所产生的状态存入状态寄存器。 In standby mode, the hardware diagnostics performed continuously and the resulting state is stored in the status register. 在由对应于VCBTPA的数据块请求改变了操作方式以前,不会发生向CCU 18,29的数据块传输。 Before the data block corresponding to VCBTPA request to change the mode of operation does not occur CCU 18,29 to block transmission of data. 新的控制字(和操作方式)由VCU 17,28准备,并且诊断状态信息被送往CCU 18,29。 The new control word (and operating mode) by VCU 17,28 ready, and diagnostic status information is sent to the CCU 18,29.

根据RELP算法的实现条件决定一个编码译码器的帧。 Determine a codec frame according RELP algorithm to achieve conditions. 但话音编码译码器数据块周期(为22.5毫秒)必须是该帧的整数倍。 However, the voice codec data block period (22.5 milliseconds) must be an integer multiple of the frame.

由于PBX 15和STU 27的工作与内部系统定时是异步的,对数据超量和欠载的检测,记录和补偿的装置必须装配到VCU17,28里。 Since the PBX 15 and STU 27 work with the internal system timing is asynchronous, and the detection of the excess data, and compensating the recording apparatus must be fitted to the underload VCU17,28 inside. 这种情况大约每5000个VCBPS产生一次。 This case is about once every 5000 VCBPS produce. 尽管超/欠检测依赖于仪器,这种错误的报告是在状态字中提供。 Despite the over / under-detection depends on the instrument, such an error report is provided in the status word. 如需要,可重复上一次语声采样以补偿数据过少;亦可省略一个(或多个)语声以解决过多。 If necessary, repeat the last voice sample is too small to compensate for the data; also omit one (or more) in order to resolve the excessive chatter.

在一个(或全部)编码译码器复位后,如图19A所示,VCBTPA将是第一个从CCU 18,29传送出的数据块。 After one (or all) codec is reset, as shown in FIG. 19A, VCBTPA will be first transmitted from the CCU 18,29 a data block. 信道控制单元(CCU)。 Channel control unit (CCU).

信道控制单元(CCU)在用户台和基地台中执行相似的功能。 Channel control unit (CCU) to perform similar functions in the subscriber station and base station. 事实上在这两种台中CCU所使用的硬件是相同的。 In fact, in these two stations CCU hardware used is the same. 用户台中使用的软件与基地台中使用的软件稍有差别。 Software and base stations with user Taichung software used slightly different. CCU完成很多与时间分割传输通道操作有关的信息格式化和定时工作。 CCU do a lot with the time-division transmission channel operation and timing information about formatting work. CCU的基本输入有四个来源。 There are four basic input CCU sources. 第一,将被发送出去的实际数字化取样信号,它们从VCU 17,28向CCU 18,29传送。 First, will be sent out the actual digitized sampled signal, transmitted to them from VCU 17,28 CCU 18,29. (图2和图3)该数据可以是编码的话音取样,或者是来自STU中RS-232数据端口10的数据采样信号。 (Figs. 2 and 3) the data may be encoded voice sample, or the RS-232 data STU sampled signal 10 from the data port. (图12)不论哪种情况,数字信道均以16千比特/秒的速率工作。 (12) In either case, the digital channels are 16 kbit / s rate of work. 当基地台中四个16级PSK传送通道都工作时,CCU 18可同时处理四个通道,用户台CCU 29仅对一个数据流工作,但是该数据流可被安置在与TDMA帧结构相关的四个时隙位置中的任意一个上。 When the base stations of the four 16 PSK transmission channel work, CCU 18 can handle four channels, the subscriber station CCU 29 is only one data stream, but the data stream may be arranged in four TDMA frame structure associated with slot position any one of the. CCU的第二个输入从STU 27(在用户台中)或RPU 20(在基地台中),通过基带控制信道(BCC)传入。 A second input from the CCU STU 27 (in the subscriber stations) or RPU 20 (in base stations), by the baseband control channel (BCC) pass. 这第二个输入提供了与工作方式、状态和控制信息有关的控制消息。 This second input provides control messages related to work, status and control information. 很多来自CCU 18,29的BCC消息都是由CCU 18,29所接收的无线控制信道(RCC)消息。 Many BCC message from CCU 18,29 are received by the CCU 18,29 radio control channel (RCC) message. CCU 18,29将来自RCC消息中的控制信息送往STU 27或RPU 20,并相应地接收从RPU 20或STU 27来的控制消息。 CCU 18,29 RCC message from the control information sent to the STU 27 or RPU 20, and correspondingly receives from the RPU 20 or STU 27 to the control message. 这就决定了对于来自VCU 17,28的数据,CCU 18,29将要作什么动作。 This determines the data from the VCU 17,28, CCU 18,29 going to do what action. 第三个输入来源提供了来自调制解调器19,30a的定时和状态信息。 The third input sources provide timing and status information from the modem 19,30a. 调制解调器19提供了在VCU-CCU-调制解调器链中使用的主时钟信号。 Modem 19 provides the master clock signals used in the VCU-CCU- modem chain. 另外,调制解调器19,30a提供了它的比特跟踪同步精度,RF AGC电平设置以及另外的“品质”指示器的状态(这些参数被CCU 18,29用来决定在通道上是否正在进行可靠的通讯)。 In addition, the modem provides its bit 19,30a tracking synchronization accuracy, RF AGC level settings, and other "quality" status indicator (CCU 18,29 These parameters are used to determine whether the ongoing reliable communication channel ). CCU 18,29试图通过改变发送功率水平、AGC电平和定时/范围计算以控制调制解调器19,30a瞬时工作的“细调”。 CCU 18,29 trying to change the transmission power level, AGC level and timing / range calculation to control the modem 19,30a transient work, "fine tuning." 调制解调器传输的质量水平的测量被报告给RPU 20或STU 27。 Modem transmission quality level measurement is reported to the RPU 20 or STU 27. 第四个输入来源是作为每个可高达四位的码元(决定于调制级)而接收的实际的调制解调器数据。 The fourth input source as each of up to four symbols (determined by the modulation level) and the actual data received by the modem. 这些码元被缓冲,分路并输出到VCU 17,28的接收电路以便进行解码。 These symbols are buffered, branched and output to VCU 17,28 reception circuit for decoding.

图21是CCU的一个方框图。 Figure 21 is a block diagram showing the CCU. CCU的结构基本上是带有智能微处理控制器的单向直接存取(DMA)数据通道。 CCU 41 is substantially unidirectional intelligent microprocessor controller with direct access (DMA) data channel. DMA通道的功能是从VCU向调制解调器(或与之相反)传输数据。 DMA channel is to function from VCU to the modem (or vice versa) to transmit data. CCU对VCU的接口包括两个并行DMA总线,一个是用于发送通道(VCU到CCU到调制解调器)的TX总线107和一个用于接收通道(调制解调器到CCU到VCU)的RX总线108。 CCU on VCU's interface includes two parallel DMA bus, one for transmit channels (VCU to CCU to modem) TX 107 and a bus for receiving channel (the modem to the CCU to VCU) the RX bus 108. 由VCU中的发送电路处理的数据在VCU存贮器中缓冲,直到CCU请求一个DMA传输为止。 In VCU VCU memory buffer in the data transmission circuit processing until CCU request until a DMA transfer. 在每个数据块传输周期内有41个字节被传输到CCU中。 There are in each data block transfer cycle 41 bytes are transmitted to the CCU. 每个工作话音通道(在基地台中达四个话音通道)中每个TDMA帧传送两个这样的数据块。 Each work voice channel (the base station up to four voice channels) in each TDMA frame transmit two such blocks. CCU通过一个发送话音编码译码器接口模块(TVCIM)109接收这些发送字节并在一个发送存贮模块(TMM)110中将其缓冲寄存。 CCU via a transmitting voice codec interface module (TVCIM) 109 byte transmit and receive them in a storage module sends (TMM) in the 110 its buffer storage. 根据给定通道中特定的工作方式,包含在一个微控制器模块(MCM)111中的CCU处理器在编码的话音字节前面附加上一个控制/同步信号标题,从而构成了一个完整的话音分组,以便通过发送调制解调器接口模块112向调制解调器传送信号。 According to a given channel-specific work, contained in a micro-controller module (MCM) 111 processor in the CCU voice encoded byte appended to the front of a control / synchronization signal title, thus constituting a complete voice packets in order to transmit a signal via the transmitting modem interface module 112 to the modem. MCM 111维持着帧定时信息并在适当的时间向调制解调器传送数据。 MCM 111 maintains the frame timing information and transmit data to the modem at the appropriate time. 在传输数据被传送到调制解调器以前,MCM 111将其从CCU使用的8比特字节格式转换成每个码元包含1,2或4比特的码元格式。 Before the transmission data is transmitted to the modem, MCM 111 is converted from its 8-bit byte format is used to CCU each symbol contains 1, 2 or 4-bit symbol format. 这取决于在该时隙上采用的调制级。 It depends on the time slot of the modulation level.

对于从调制解调器接收的数据进行相反的处理。 For the data received from the modem reverse processing. 来自调制解调器的数据由一个接收调制解调器接口模块(RMIM)114接收并在一个接收存贮器模块(RMM)115中缓冲。 Data received from the modem by a modem interface module (RMIM) received in a receiving buffer 114 and memory module (RMM) 115 in. 然后这一数据从调制解调器使用的每码元1、2或4比特的格式被转换成CCU和所有其它的基带处理内部使用的8比特字节的格式。 Then, 2 or 4 bits per symbol of the data from the format used by the modem is converted into 8-bit byte format CCU and all other baseband processing for internal use. 由MCM 111根据其对帧定时的了解以及其自身对码元流中各种编码字的识别,将附加位和控制位从RX总线108上的输入数据流中分离出来,该帧定时是由调制解调器提供给帧定时模块(FTM)116。 Its frame timing of its own identification and understanding of the various streams of symbols for the code word, the additional bits and control bits separated by the MCM 111 based on the input from the RX data stream out on the bus 108, the frame timing is by modem provided to the frame timing module (FTM) 116. 被转换的数据通过一个接收话音编码译码器接口模块(RVCIM)117提供给VCU。 The data is converted by a receiving voice codec interface module (RVCIM) provided 117 to VCU.

在基地台和用户台中,CCU还提供无线控制信道(RCC)传输的链路电平控制。 At the base station and subscriber stations, CCU also offers wireless control channel (RCC) transmission link level control. 在基地台中,仅有一个CCU被RPU联接起来作为处理RCC信道之用。 In the base station, only one CCU is to link up as treatment RPU RCC channel use. CCU控制从基地台中的RPU到用户台中的STU控制器的接收和消息的格式。 CCU control from the base station to the receiver and the message RPU subscriber stations STU controller format. CCU的这个控制功能包括对RCC消息的检测和错误控制以及通过无线链路传输RCC信息的格式化和分组。 The CCU functions include control and error detection, and control of the RCC message format and a packet transmission over the wireless link information of the RCC. 在基地台中CCU还检测输入RCC时的冲突。 In the base station CCU also detects when the input conflict RCC. 为了用户台进行初始探测工作,CCU控制其功率与范围的计算。 In order to detect the user sets the initial work, CCU control their computing power and range. 探测协议和其它RCC功能的细节已在上面描述。 Details detection protocols and other features of RCC have been described above.

图22是CCU由软件实现的功能结构图。 Figure 22 is a CCU functions implemented by the software structure of FIG. CCU有三个独立的数据通路:发送总线TX 107,接收总线RX 108和微控制器本地总线119。 CCU has three separate data paths: Send bus TX 107, RX 108 and receive bus microcontroller local bus 119. 微控制器111和直接存取(DMA)控制器120共享TX总线107,并与DMA控制器121共享RX总线108。 Microcontroller 111 and direct access (DMA) controller 120 shared TX bus 107, and DMA controller 121 with the shared RX bus 108. 微控制器111使用这些远程总线控制DMA控制器的外围设备,控制和状态寄存器122以及发送缓冲存储器110和接收缓冲存储器115的存取。 The microcontroller 111 peripherals using these remote bus mastering DMA controller, the control and status registers 122 and 110 transmit and receive buffer memory buffer memory 115 access. 微控制器本地总线119的控制和状态寄存器122给RFU,调制解调器及CCU硬件等提供了接口。 Microcontroller local bus control and status registers 119 to 122 RFU, modem and hardware such as CCU provides the interface. 在RPU和CCU之间的RS-232C接线123由微控制器芯片111上的UATR支持。 Between the RPU and the CCU 123 by RS-232C wiring UATR microcontroller chip 111 on the support. 在用户台中,由STU代替RPU,但接口是相同的。 User Taichung, by STU instead RPU, but the interface is the same.

微控制器111有三个实体上独立的RAM区:本地RAM区,发送缓冲区和接收缓冲区。 Microcontroller RAM 111 has a separate area on three entities: the local RAM area, send and receive buffers. 本地RAM进一步分为在片RAM和不在片RAM。 Local RAM further divided in on-chip RAM and not chip RAM. 发送缓冲区和接收缓冲区只能在各自的DMA控制器空闲时才被微控制器存取。 Send and receive buffers only when the respective DMA controller is idle accessed microcontroller.

发送缓冲区110分成几个不同的部分,每部分包括准备经通道传输的话音或RCC信息包的结构。 Send buffer 110 is divided into several different sections, each section includes ready-channel transmission of voice through the structure or RCC packet. 前缀和唯一字(仅指RCC信息)是由微控制器在CCU复位后预置为常数。 Prefixes and unique word (only RCC information) by the microcontroller is reset after CCU preset constant. 正好在DMA传送到调制解调器19,30a前,微控制器把编码字(仅指话音信息),话音数据和RCC数据写入发送缓冲器中。 Just before the modem 19,30a DMA transfer to the microcontroller of the code word (only voice messages), voice data and RCC data is written to the transmit buffer. 因为RCC“null ACK”(零认可)是用高频发送的一个固定消息,它作为独立的单位储存在发送缓冲器110中。 Because RCC "null ACK" (zero recognition) is a fixed message transmitted with high frequency, it is stored as a separate unit in the transmission buffer 110. 接收缓冲区115分成一些不同的部分,其中一部分用于储存话音数据,该话音数据以VCU数据块为基础进行缓冲和传送。 Receive buffer 115 is divided into a number of different parts, one for storing voice data, the voice data to VCU block basis buffered and transmitted. RCC数据与话音数据分开进行缓冲存储,以便允许它保存一个较长的时间周期。 RCC data and voice data separately from the cache, so as to allow it to save a longer period of time. 必要时微控制器111能在接收缓冲器115中保留前二帧RCC,使RCC复制任务(从缓冲器到本地RAM)的完成时间小于时限。 When necessary, the microcontroller 111 to retain the first two frames in the receive buffer 115 RCC, making RCC copy task (from the buffer to the local RAM) completion time is less than the time limit.

本地RAM包含有微控制器111使用的工作变量。 Local RAM contains working variables used by the microcontroller 111. 存储在本地RAM里的一个重要的数据结构支持了CCU和RPU之间的基带控制信道(BCC)。 An important data structure stored in the local RAM in support of the baseband channel between CCU and the RPU (BCC). 一个指定的本地RAM的寄存器组向RS-232C中断处理机提供基本的排队消息。 A specified local RAM register set to RS-232C interrupt handler to provide basic queued messages. 在该寄存器组的一个指针和长度区段定义了有效的发送数据块(TXDB),从该数据块中数据被读出并发送。 In one section of the pointer and length register set defines the valid transmission data block (TXDB), is read out and transmits the data from the data block. 该TXDB包含了队列中下一个TXDB的长度和指针信息,因而构成了一个链表。 The TXDB contains information queue length and pointer next TXDB and thus constitute a linked list. 在接收方面,一个循环缓冲器被用来存储输入的数据字节。 In the receiving side, a circular buffer is used to store incoming data bytes. 当接收到一个完整的信息时,中断处理机标记该串行编码以便对其进行解释。 Upon receiving a complete message, the interrupt handler in order to mark the serial coded to be interpreted.

微控制器111使用它的本地总线119对调制解调器、RFU和CCU的控制状态寄存器122进行存取。 The microcontroller 111 uses its local bus 119 of the modem, the control status register 122 RFU and the CCU accesses. 该总线还通过隔离逻辑电路124和125分别提供对TX总线107和RX总线108的存取。 The bus also by isolating logic circuits 124 and 125 respectively for TX and RX 107 bus 108 bus access. 当相应的DMA控制器120或121空闲时,为了避免竞争,远程总线107,108只由微控制器111占用。 When the corresponding DMA controller 120 or 121 is idle, in order to avoid competition, the remote bus 107, 108 is only occupied by the microcontroller 111.

CCU通过一个称为基带控制信道(BCC)的全双工RS-232C接口经联线123与RPU通讯。 CCU via full-duplex RS-232C interface 123 via on-line communication with RPU called baseband channel (BCC) of. 异步字符是八位二进制数,传送速率为9600波特。 Asynchronous character is eight binary digits, the transfer rate is 9600 baud. 一个起始位和一个停止位形成数据字节帧。 One start bit and one stop bit to form a data byte frames. 用一个唯一字节来终止信息,并利用字节填充以避免在一个信息中出现该唯一字节。 With a single byte to terminate the information, and to avoid the use of byte padding bytes only appear in a message. 另一种数位约定和一个八位检验和被用来保证链路的完整性。 Another convention and an eight-digit checksum is used to ensure the integrity of the link.

微控制器支持两个外部中断。 Microcontroller supports two external interrupts. 一个由发送DMA控制器120产生,另一个由接收DMA控制器121产生。 120 is generated by sending a DMA controller, and another 121 by the receiving DMA controller. 当相应的控制器120,或121完成它的数据块传送时就发生上述中断,由此将其总线控制让给微控制器111。 When the appropriate controller 120, or 121 to complete its data block transfer, the break occurs, thereby to give a microcontroller bus control 111.

BCC接口由一个内部中断驱动。 BCC interface consists of an internal interrupt driven. 在接收或发送一个字节时,软件被中断。 When receiving or sending a byte, the software is interrupted.

在基地台,CCU微控制器111负责控制和监测分配给它的全部四路数据通道,每路包括VCU 17,28;CCU 18,29,调制解调器19,30a,以及RFU 21,31a。 In the base station, CCU microcontroller 111 is responsible for controlling and monitoring its assigned all four data channels, each channel including VCU 17,28; CCU 18,29, modems 19,30a, and RFU 21,31a. 在用户台,微控制器111控制并监测同样的一些硬件,但只支持一个数据通道。 In the subscriber station, the microcontroller 111 controls and monitors some of the same hardware, but only one data channel. 在基地台CCU由RPU控制,而在用户台CCU由STU控制。 In the base station CCU by RPU control, and in the subscriber station CCU control by STU.

CCU向VCU提供操作方式信息。 CCU provides operation information to VCU. 操作方式变化只发生在系统时隙的边界上。 Operation mode change occurs only on the system time slot boundary. 在语声压缩操作过程中,CCU还向VCU提供关于VCU数据块在系统时隙范围内的位置信息(每个系统时隙内有三个VCU数据块)CCU在数据发送前确定VCU地址,完成MUX/DEMUX任务。 In the process of voice compression operation, CCU also to provide location information about the VCU VCU data blocks are within the scope of the system time slot (VCU three data blocks within each system timeslot) CCU determines VCU address before the data transmission, the completion of MUX / DEMUX task. 在每次数据块发送后,CCU读出VCU状态,并由CCU维持适当的统计量。 After each data block transmitted, CCU readout VCU state by CCU maintain proper statistics. CCU还能激发VCU硬件复位或启动VCU。 CCU also stimulate a hardware reset or start VCU VCU.

微控制器111为RX总线108上的码元到字节的转换器126和在TX总线107上的字节到码元的转换器127提供当前的调制级。 The microcontroller 111 is a symbol RX byte bus 108 to the converter 126 and the bytes on the bus 107 to the TX symbol converter 127 provides the current modulation level.

由于接收RCC和话音信息时使用不同的探测方法,因而要给调制解调器提供有关正在接收的RCC或话音数据的类型信息。 Since RCC is received and voice information using different detection methods, and thus to give the modem is receiving RCC provides information about the type of data or voice information. 调制解调器为CCU提供部分时钟偏差,AGC电平和每个时隙的链路质量。 Modem to provide some clock skew CCU, AGC levels and link quality of each time slot. 由RPU或STU提供CCU的频率分配。 CCU's frequency allocation provided by RPU or STU. CCU控制调制解调器启动硬件复位,自测试或接收侧的训练方式。 CCU controls the modem to start a hardware reset, self-test or training methods on the receiving side.

CCU控制流经发送和接收总线107,108的全双工数据,在给定的时隙内,VCU产生的发送话音数据经过发送DMA控制器121成块传送到发送缓冲器110中。 CCU control flow through the transmit and receive buses 107 and 108 of the full-duplex data, voice data transmitted in a given time slot, VCU generated through the transmit DMA controller 121 to transfer blocks to the transmission buffer 110. 每一数据块的长度为一个VCU数据块,因此对每个话音通道需要两个这样的传送。 Length of each data block is a data block VCU, requiring two such transfer for each voice channel. 在传输前CCU给VCU提供适当的通道地址,以此进行多路操作。 CCU before transferring to VCU provide appropriate channel address, in order to carry out multi-channel operation. 每个时隙开始工作时在VCU数据前送出存储在发送缓冲器110中的一个前缀和编码字。 At the beginning of each time slot in the data sent before VCU a prefix code word and stored in the transmission buffer 110. 发送DMA从发送缓冲器中将数据传送到重复计时FIFO堆栈128中,而调制解调器则按要求从FIFO堆栈128中接收数据。 Send DMA data transfer will be sent to re-clocking from the FIFO buffer stack 128, and press the modem receives data from the FIFO stack requires 128. 在传送过程中,字节到码元的转换是由字节到码元转换器127完成的。 During the transfer, the byte to the symbol of the conversion from byte to symbol converter 127 completed. 微控制器操纵发送DMA的外围控制和话音信息包代码字的产生和插入。 Microcontroller peripheral DMA control manipulation and send voice packets codeword generation and insertion.

接收数据流很象发送端的镜象。 The received data stream is like a mirror image of the sender. 当该数据与从调制解调器19,30a出现时即被写入到重复计时的FIFO堆栈119之中。 When the data are written to emerge from the modem to repeat 19,30a FIFO stack 119 being timed. 接收DMA控制器121按要求把FIFO堆栈129的内容注入到接收缓冲器115之中。 DMA controller 121 receives the required contents of the FIFO stack to inject 129 to 115 among the receive buffer. 码元到字节的转换是由码元到字节转换器126完成的,而帧定时是由时钟电路130完成的。 Symbol-to-byte conversion from symbol to byte converter 126 is completed, and the frame timing by the clock circuit 130 is completed. 一旦通道处于同步,字节边界即自动调准。 Once the channel is synchronized automatically byte boundary alignment. 一旦接收了一个完整的VCU块,即将DMA数据传输到相应的VCU。 Upon receipt of a complete block VCU upcoming DMA transfer data to the corresponding VCU. 微控制器111控制接收DMA控制器。 The microcontroller 111 controls the receive DMA controller.

每个时隙都要执行编码字的检测。 Each time slot must execute code word detection. 微控制器111通过将编码字的字节复制到本地RAM中,并通过和有效的编码表比较来完成这一任务。 The microcontroller 111 by copying the code word byte to local RAM, and the adoption and effective coding table compares to accomplish this task. 在每个时隙中,调制解调器提供一个部分码元偏差和一个AGC值。 In each time slot, the modem provides a symbol offset and a portion AGC value. 微控制器111读出这些值并给予恰当地解释。 The microcontroller 111 reads out the value and give proper explanation. 如果存在功率或距离问题,通过发送编码字将这些信息通知用户台。 If there is power or distance problem, by sending a code word to the information to notify the user station.

在发送缓冲器110中,CCU根据RCC消息队列的内容来合成发送的RCC数据。 In the transmission buffer 110, CCU RCC message queue based on the contents of the data sent to the synthesis of RCC. 如果RPU已将RCC消息传送到CCU中,该消息在发送缓冲器110中被格式化,否则就使用永存在发送缓冲器110中的NULL KNOWLEDGE(未知)消息。 If the RCC message has been transmitted to the RPU CCU, the message in the transmission buffer 110 has been formatted, otherwise use forever in the transmission buffer 110 NULL KNOWLEDGE (unknown) message. 一旦RCC信息包准备就绪,RCC前缀,唯一字和RCC数据就按照需要经DMA传送给调制解调器19,30a。 Once the packet is ready RCC, RCC prefix unique word and RCC data is transferred to the modem 19,30a as required by the DMA. CCU执行冲突检测并以此为依据设置出界的RCC冲突检测位。 CCU perform collision detection and as a basis to set the boundaries of RCC collision detection bits.

接收RCC数据处理器有两种工作方式:“帧搜索”方式和“监视”方式。 RCC receiving data processor has two modes: "frame search" mode and "monitor" mode. 在帧搜索工作方式中,认为RCC信道已隔离同步。 In the frame work of the search that has been isolated from RCC channel synchronization. 每一个输入的RCC消息必须用唯一字检测算法来同步。 Each RCC message must be entered using the unique word detection algorithm to synchronize. 在监视工作方式中,RCC信道处于同步中,不必执行唯一字搜索算法。 In the monitoring mode of operation, RCC channel is synchronous, the unique word search algorithm need not be performed. 基地台始终处于帧搜索方式,因为在任何时候,用户台都有可能发出脉冲串并且是处于定时不准的状态。 Base station is always in the frame search mode, because at any time, the user sets are likely to emit bursts and is not allowed in the timing of the state. 在用户台,除非没有获得RCC同步,一般RCC数据处理器是处于监视工作方式。 In the subscriber station, unless RCC did not get synchronized, general RCC data processor is in surveillance mode.

在帧搜索工作方式中,唯一字(UW)的检测是在每个RCC时隙之后执行。 In the frame search mode of operation, a unique word (UW) detection is performed after every RCC slot. 微控制器111通过在一个标定的唯一字位置附近的探测窗口中扫描该唯一字来执行这一任务。 Microcontroller 111 scans through the unique word in a label unique word detection window in the vicinity of the position to perform this task. 成功的唯一字检测给CCU提供了码元定时信息。 Successful unique word detection to CCU provides symbol timing information.

接收的RCC数据从调制解调器19,30a经过DMA传送到接收缓冲器115中。 RCC receives data from the modem 19,30a through DMA transfer to the receive buffer 115. 一旦传送完成,RCC数据就被复制到本地微控制器RAM中,以便进一步处理。 Once the transfer is complete, RCC data is copied to the local RAM of the microcontroller for further processing. 接收的RCC信息包被CCU滤波。 RCC received packet is CCU filtered. 只有在检测到唯一字并且CRC正确时,RCC信息包才送往RPU。 Only when it detects the unique word and the CRC is correct, RCC packet was sent to the RPU.

RCC操作期间,对应的VCU通道处于备用状态。 RCC During operation, the corresponding channel is in the standby state VCU. 在这个信道周期内,发送和接收数据通道107,108在VCU和CCU之间都不产生数据传送。 Within this channel period, transmit and receive data paths 107, 108 between the VCU and the CCU data transfer is not generated.

软件是在Intel 8031微控制器111上执行。 Software is executed on the Intel 8031 microcontroller 111. 在微控制器本地总线上由外部EPROM提供了程序的存储器。 Local bus on the microcontroller provides an external program memory EPROM. 为了实时响应DMA服务请求,要求用软件来维持在没有数据损失的情况下达到双向64千比特/秒的数据流速率。 For real-time response DMA service request to use the software to maintain without data loss reaches bidirectional 64 kbit / s data flow rate. 在调制解调器接口上由堆栈128和129进行的FIFO缓冲为微控制器111执行DMA数据块传送和系统控制功能提供了所需要的借用时间。 FIFO on the modem interface 128 and 129 by the stack buffer for the microcontroller 111 to perform DMA block transfer and system control features provide the time needed to borrow.

软件分为五个独立的模块:管理程序模块,数据传送器模块,BCC收发器模块,BMM控制模块和公用模块。 Software is divided into five separate modules: Management program modules, data transmitter module, BCC transceiver module, BMM control module and utility modules. 除了中断及错误的情况之外,每个模块被设计成只有一个入口和一个出口。 In addition to the case of interrupt and error, each module is designed to have only one inlet and one outlet. 与此不同的另一个例外是公用模块,该公用模块包括一批直接从其它模块存取的通用程序。 Another exception to this is different from the common module, the module comprising generic utility program directly accessed from a number of other modules. 通常在模块之间的通讯是通过在独立数据段中定义的全局变量进行的。 Typically in communication between the modules are separate by a global variable in the data segment defined performed.

管理程序模块包括初始化功能,维持总体程序控制并执行基本的自测试功能。 Management program modules include initialization function, maintain the overall program control and perform basic self-test function.

数据传送模块支持在TX总线107和RX总线108上的话音及RCC数据传送控制,对所有话音和RCC数据调制级执行同步字检测,并支持CCU-RPU的RS-232通讯链路123。 Voice and data transmission module supports data transfer control RCC on TX and RX bus 107 bus 108, the synchronization word detection for all voice and data modulation stage RCC and supports CCU-RPU's RS-232 communication link 123.

BCC收发器模块执行BCC收发器工作,调整BCC排队,将发送的BCC信息格式化。 BCC BCC transceiver transceiver module performs the work queue adjustment BCC, BCC information is formatted to be sent. 处理接收的BCC数据,并且通过BCC数据移入或移出CCU。 Processing the received data BCC, and into or out of CCU via BCC data.

BBM控制模块通过寄存器组控制RFU,调制解调器,VCU和CCU硬件,并从这些器件中读出和解释状态信息(调制解调器的AGC,链路质量和码元多义性),将接收话音通道中嵌入的编码字解码,将发送话音通道的编码字格式化,维持一个实时软件/硬件定时器并执行在线自测试。 BBM control module controls RFU, modem, VCU and CCU hardware via register group, and the read and interpret status information (modem AGC, link quality and the symbol ambiguities) from these devices, the received voice channel is embedded code word decoding, sends voice channel code word format to maintain a real-time software / hardware timer and perform online self-test.

公用模块执行由其它模块存取的各种各样的公用子程序。 Utility module performs various common subroutine accessed by other modules.

CCU软件分为4个独立的过程,这些过程基本上是同时工作的。 CCU software is divided into four separate processes that work substantially simultaneously. 其中三个过程是BCC数据过程,TXDMA过程和RXDMA过程,这些过程由中断驱动,并且只有在特殊的事件要求时才调用。 Wherein three processes is BCC data process, TXDMA process and RXDMA processes that interrupt-driven, and only when the special event request call. 所有这三个事件驱动过程都位于数据传送模块中。 All three event-driven processes in the data transfer module. 剩下的一个分散在所有各模块中的过程是一个背景过程,它对其它的三个过程进行初始化,控制和监视。 A scattered in all modules process the rest is a background process, it initializes the other three processes, control and monitoring.

来自RPU的(或在用户台中来自STU的)BCC消息到达时它们由BCC数据过程接收和缓冲。 From the RPU (or in the user's station from STU) when they are received and buffered by the BCC BCC message arrives during data. 一旦接收到一个完整的消息,BCC数据过程通过一个信箱通知背景过程。 Upon receipt of a complete message, BCC data process notifies background process through a mailbox. 背景过程在它的主回路运行中不断查询该信箱,从而检出任何新的信息并采取相关的行动。 Background process running in its main loop continuously query the mail, so the detection of any new information, and take related actions. 背景过程将任何答复均写入发送BCC消息队列中并及时通知BCC数据过程。 Background processes are written to send any reply BCC message queue and notify BCC data process.

BCC消息能促使CCU数据通道的结构变形。 BCC messages can induce structural deformation CCU data channel. 所需要的控制信息以适当的时间写入调制解调器,19,30a和VCU 17,28中。 Control the information they need to write the appropriate time modem, 19,30a and VCU 17,28 in. 调制解调器在时隙边界上作用于一个新的控制字。 Modem acting on slot boundaries a new control word. VCU预期在时隙边界上的第一个VCU数据块的传输上产生方式变化。 A difference in the way the VCU expected slot boundary of the first data block transmission VCU. 背景过程负责查看正确的控制定时被保持。 Background process responsible for controlling the timing correct view is maintained.

状态的收集由背景过程TXDMA过程和RXDMA过程执行。 Collecting state is performed by background processes TXDMA process and RXDMA process. 后二者分别从VCU的TX侧和RX侧收集状态字。 The latter two were collected from the status word TX and RX side VCU's side. 这一点是必需的,因为这些状态寄存器只能经TX总线107和RX总线108进行存取,而TX总线107和RX总线108只在有限的时间周期是空闲的。 This is necessary because the state can register by TX and RX 107 bus 108 bus access, and TX and RX bus 107 bus 108 for a limited period of time is idle. 背景过程通过本地总线119上的站寄存器122直接从调制解调器19,30a中收集状态信息。 122 background process status information collected by the local bus station registers 119 directly from the modem 19,30a. 一旦收集完成后,所有状态信息均由背景过程整理,并存在特定的状态变量中。 Once the collection is complete, all of the background information provided by the state consolidation process, and there is a specific state variables. 从RPU接收到的状态请求由背景过程根据这一状态历史来处理。 Receiving a status request from the RPU to be processed by a background process according to the state history.

某些状态信息(如AGC值和部分比特偏差)可能需要CCU动作。 Certain state information (such as partial bit deviation and the AGC value) may need CCU operation. 除了作为状态历史被存储外,这类数据还用于修正用户的功率和范围问题。 As well as state history is stored outside, these data are also used to modify the user's power and scope of the problem. 就RCC消息来说,功率和范围信息作为RCC的一部分直接送到RPU。 It RCC messages, the power and scope of information as part of the RCC directly to the RPU. 背景过程通过将包括RCC,AGC和范围数据的BCC消息格式化来执行这一功能。 Process by including background BCC message formatting RCC, AGC and range data to perform this function. 一旦信息包准备完毕就被放入发送的BCC队列中并通知BCC数据过程。 Once the packet is ready to be placed in a queue to send BCC BCC data and notification process. 对于话音通道,该状态信息被用于使编码字格式化,这些编码字被插入出界的话音信息包中。 For the voice channel, the state information is used to format the encoded word, the code word is inserted into the out of bounds of the voice packet. 背景过程执行格式化功能并通过话音通道控制编码字的发送。 Background formatting process execution and sent word through the voice channel coding control. 全部编码字必须在一行中发送五帧,目的是提供5∶1冗余编码。 All code word must send five frames in a row in order to provide redundancy coding 5:1. TXDMA过程自动发送由背景过程选择的编码字。 TXDMA process background process automatically sent by the selected code word.

背景过程还维持一个软件/硬件实时钟。 Background process also maintains a software / hardware real-time clock. 它是通过查询一个8031的定时器和超时来实现的。 It is a 8031 inquiry by timers and timeouts to achieve. 实时钟的作用是为软件暂停和其它与时间有关的事件提供时间基准。 Real-time clock function is to provide a time reference for software suspend, and other time-related events. 背景过程通过查询CCU硬件错误指示器并核对数据传输事件是在系统帧内,其应当发生的时刻发生,来核对并确定正在维持的系统定时。 Background process by querying the CCU hardware error indicator and check data transmission events in the system frame, the time of its occurrence should happen to check and determine the system timing is maintained. 通过启动系统帧状态线和联接到16KHz时钟130的定时器提供系统帧信息,数据同步由背景过程执行。 By starting the system is coupled to the frame state lines and 16KHz clock timer 130 provides frame information systems, data synchronization is performed by background processes.

BCC数据过程响应RS-232中断,该中断在端口的发射和接收方向都能产生。 BCC data process in response to RS-232 interrupt, transmit and receive directions at the port can produce. 该过程只不过在发射端输出另一个字节或在接收端输入另一个字节。 This process is only at the transmitter output at the receiving end of another byte or enter another byte. 接收端的信息结束定义符使BCC数据程序通知背景过程。 The receiving end of information ending delimiter make BCC data notifications background process.

TXDMA过程和RXDMA过程控制着发送和接收DMA通道。 TXDMA RXDMA process and process controls the sending and receiving DMA channels.

下面逐步说明由软件控制的数据传送功能。 The following description of the data transfer function gradually controlled by software. 在数据传送过程中的事件由DMA控制器的中断来标记。 Event in the data transfer process by the interrupt controller to mark DMA. DMA控制器完成了规定的数据块传送之后就产生中断,每次游程在时隙数据传送开始时启动。 After completion of the DMA controller data block transfer provisions would generate an interrupt each time the run started at the beginning of slot data transfer. 参见图23和24对阅读这一部分可能有所帮助。 See Figure 23 and 24 pairs of reading this section may be helpful. 图23是CCU发送总线上的RCC和16级PSK话音数据的传送时序图。 Figure 23 is the timing diagram RCC and 16 PSK CCU transmits the voice data on the bus. 图24是CCU接收总线上的RCC和16级PSK数据的传送时序图。 Figure 24 is a timing diagram of the transfer RCC and 16 PSK CCU receives data on the bus. 表13和14分别列出了图23和24中出现的符号时间的特征。 Tables 13 and 14 list the features appearing in Figures 23 and 24 of symbol time.

表13时间符号 操作 最大(μs) 最小(μs) 一般(μs)ts CCU DMA建立 150 … 100tvcB VCU DMA传送600 … 100*tRcc 来自CCU的RCC传送 … 900tM0 RCCTX调制解调器数据块 … 10350 10350tM2 第一个RX调制解调器数据块… 4300 4300*tM3 第二个RX调制解调器数据块… 4225 4825**基于RELP VCU Table 13 maximum operating time symbol (μs) Minimum (μs) General (μs) ts CCU DMA build 150 ... 100tvcB VCU DMA transfer 600 ... 100 * tRcc RCC transferred from the CCU ... 900tM0 RCCTX modem data blocks ... 10350 10350tM2 first RX modem data blocks ... 4300 4300 * tM3 second RX modem data blocks ... 42,254,825 ** Based RELP VCU

表14时间符号 操作 最大(μs) 最小(μs) 一般(μs)ts CCU DMA建立 150 100tvcB VCC DMA传送600 100*tM0 第一个TX调制解调器数据块5225 5825*tM1 第二个TX调制解调4225 4825*器数据块tM2 RCCRX调制解调器数据块 5600 5800tRCC RCC向CCU传送 900*基于RELP VCU发送功能-RCC1.接收“TXDMA传送结束”中断。 Table 14 maximum operating time symbol (μs) Minimum (μs) General (μs) ts CCU DMA build 150 100tvcB VCC DMA transfer 600 100 * tM0 first modem data block TX 5225 5825 * tM1 second modem 42,254,825 TX * Data block tM2 RCCRX 5600 5800tRCC RCC modem data block transfer to CCU 900 * sending -RCC1 based RELP VCU. receives "TXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明前一个时隙的处理已完成,下一个时隙可以开始处理。 This signal indicates that a time slot before the processing has been completed, the next time slot to begin processing. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.写出控制通道和调制交换信息。 a. Write control channel and modulation switching information. 该信息是调制解调器19,30a和字节-码元转换器127需要的信息。 This information is a modem 19,30a and byte - information symbol converter 127 needs.

b.将发送缓冲器110中等待的任何RPU RCC消息格式化。 b. The RPU RCC send any messages waiting in the buffer 110 format. 或者准备和传送零认可消息。 Zero or preparing and transmitting an acknowledgment.

c.预置并启动从发送缓冲器110到调制解调器19,30a,并指向RCC前缀,唯一字和RCC数据块的DMA传送。 c. preset and start from the transmit buffer 110 to the modem 19,30a, and point to the RCC prefix, DMA transfer unique word and RCC data blocks.

d.中断返回并继续背景处理。 d. interrupt return and continue the background processing.

发送功能-话音1.接收“TXMA传送结束”中断。 Send function - Voice 1. Receive "TXMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信息表明前一时隙的处理已完成并且可开始下一个时隙处理。 This message indicates that processing of the previous slot has been completed and the next time slot may begin processing. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.为下一个通道写出话音通道和调整交换信息。 a. Write the voice channel and adjust for the next channel to exchange information. 该信息由调制解调器19,30a和字节至码元转换器127所需要。 The information from the modem 19,30a and byte to symbol converter 127 needs.

b.选择VCU端口地址并启动从VCU到发送缓冲器110的DMA传送。 b. Select VCU port address and start from VCU to transmit buffer 110 DMA transfer.

c.写VCU控制字。 c. Write VCU control word.

d.中断VCU,开始传送。 d. Interrupt VCU, start the transfer.

e.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 e. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

2.接收“TXDMA传送结束”中断。 2. Reception "TXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明VCU到发送缓冲器的传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the VCU to transmit buffer transfer is complete. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.读VCU状态字。 a. Reading VCU status word.

b.把编码字写入发送缓冲器110。 b. The code word is written to the transmit buffer 110.

c.预置并启动从发送缓冲器110到调制解调器19,30a,并指向话音前缀编码字和话音数据块的DMA发送。 c. preset and start from the transmit buffer 110 to the modem 19,30a, and point to the DMA voice prefix code word and send voice data block.

d.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 d. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

3.接收“TXDMA传送结束”中断。 3. Receive "TXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明从发送缓冲器110到调制解调器19,30a的前半个时隙传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the transmit buffer 110 to the modem from the first half of the slots 19,30a transfer has been completed. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.选择VCU端口地址并启动从VCU到发缓冲器的DMA传送。 a. Select VCU port address and start from VCU to send buffer DMA transfer.

b.写VCU控制字。 b. Write VCU control word.

c.中断VCU,开始传送。 c. Interrupt VCU, start the transfer.

d.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 d. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

4.接收“TXDMA传送结束”中断。 4. Receive "TXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明VCU到发送缓冲器的传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the VCU to transmit buffer transfer is complete. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.读VCU状态字。 a. Reading VCU status word.

b.预置并启动DMA控制器120。 b. preset and start the DMA controller 120. 以便进行从发送缓冲器到调制解调器的传送。 For transferred from the transmit buffer to the modem.

c.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 c. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

接收功能-RCC1.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 Reception -RCC1. Receives "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明前一时隙操作结束,能够开始下一个时隙的操作。 This signal indicates the end of the previous slot operation, the next operation can be started one time slot. 调用RXDMA过程。 Call RXDMA process.

a.建立BPSK调制。 a. the establishment of BPSK modulation. 该信息是码元到字节转换器126所需要的。 This information is a symbol to byte converter 126 required. 此时调制解调器19,30a将已接收到该信息。 In this case the modem 19,30a would have received the message.

b.预置并启动DMA传送,将RCC信息从调制解调19,30a传送到接收缓冲器115。 b. preset and start DMA transfer, the RCC 19,30a transmit information from the modem to the receive buffer 115.

c.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 c. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt. 此时将发生AGC计算和位同步不定性处理。 The occurrence of AGC and bit synchronization uncertainty calculation processing.

2.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 2. Reception "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明调制解调器19,30a到接收缓冲器115的RCC传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the modem into the receive buffer 115 19,30a RCC transfer has been completed. 调用RXDMA过程。 Call RXDMA process.

a.将RCC复制到本地RAM中。 a. Copy the RCC to the local RAM.

b.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 b. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt. 如果检测到唯一字并且检验和是正确的,则准备将接收的RCC送往RPU。 If the unique word is detected and the checksum is correct, then ready to receive the RCC sent RPU.

接收功能-话音1.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 Reception - Voice 1. Receive "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明前一时隙操作完成并且可开始下一时隙的操作。 This signal indicates that the operation is complete and the previous slot may be the next slot start operation. 调用RXDMA过程。 Call RXDMA process.

a.建立话音数据的正确调制。 a. to establish the correct modulation of voice data. 该信息是码元到字节转换器126所需要。 This information is a symbol to byte converter 126 needs. 此时,调制解调器将已接收到该信息。 In this case, the modem would have received the message.

b.预置并启动在话音数据前半时隙从调制解调器19,30a到接收缓冲器的DMA传送。 b. preset and start in the first half of the voice data from the modem slot 19,30a receive buffer to the DMA transfer.

c.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 c. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt. 此时应发生AGC计算,位同步不定性和代码字处理。 You should happen AGC calculation, bit synchronization uncertainty and code word processing.

2.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 2. Reception "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明从调制解调器19,30a到接收缓冲器115的前半时隙传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the first half of the time slots transmitted from the modem 19,30a into the receive buffer 115 has been completed. 调用RXDMA过程。 Call RXDMA process.

a.选择VCU端口地址并启动从接收缓冲器115到VCU的DMA传送。 a. Select VCU port address and start from the receive buffer 115 to the VCU DMA transfer. 中断VCU,开始传送。 Interruption VCU, start the transfer.

b.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 b. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

3.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 3. Receive "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明从接收缓冲器115到VCU的前半时隙已完成。 This signal indicates that the receive buffer 115 to the first half of the slot VCU has been completed. 调用RXDMA过程。 Call RXDMA process.

a.预置并启动在后半时隙从调制解调器到接收缓冲器的DMA控制器121的传送。 a. preset and start in the latter half of the slot from the modem to the receive buffer transfer DMA controller 121.

b.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 b. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

4.接收“RXDMA传送结束”中断。 4. Receive "RXDMA transferred 'interrupts. 该信号表明从调制解调器19,30a到接收缓冲器115的后半时隙传送已完成。 This signal indicates that the second half of time slot transmitted from the modem 19,30a into the receive buffer 115 has been completed. 调用TXDMA过程。 Call TXDMA process.

a.选择VCU端口地址并启动从接收缓冲器115到VCU的DMA传送。 a. Select VCU port address and start from the receive buffer 115 to the VCU DMA transfer. 中断VCU,开始传送。 Interruption VCU, start the transfer.

b.从中断返回并继续背景处理。 b. Go back and continue the background processing from the interrupt.

CCU软件执行做为硬件复位的结果而开始执行软件程序,该流程在管理模块中开始。 CCU software performs hardware reset as the result of executing the software program is started, the flow begins in the management module. 管理模块在进入主服务之前管理任何硬件和软件的初始化。 Management module before entering the main service management initialize any hardware and software. 硬件复位后根据来自RPU的请求,管理模块执行某些基本的自测试功能。 According to the request from the RPU, the management module to perform some basic self-test function after a hardware reset. 主服务循环逐一存取其它模块。 Each of the main service loop access other modules. 管理模块被设计为把任务再分成可管理的时间片,用以保证主服务循环有合理的最坏情况的周期性。 Management module is designed to be the task and then divided into time slices can be managed to ensure that the main service loop there is a reasonable worst-case periodicity. 需要实时响应的任务通过中断服务程序处理。 Require real-time response to tasking by an interrupt service routine.

每个中断服务程序执行满足服务请求的最小处理。 Each interrupt service routine to meet the minimum processing service requests. 通过尽最大可能保持程序执行的顺序特性并将中断排队保持为最小而完成这一工作。 By the maximum extent possible to maintain the order of the characteristics of program execution and interrupt queue kept to a minimum and to complete this work. 一般的中断服务程序是向接口传递或从接口接收数据,并设置一个布尔数,用以指示已被执行的动作。 General interrupt service routine is passed to the interface or receive data from the interface, and set a boolean to indicate the action has been executed. 顺序执行从主服务循环中存取的编码,然后按需要进行信息的处理。 Executed sequentially accessed from the main service loop coding, and processing of information as necessary.

CCU微控制器111是一个数据流机器,在那里到达和送出的数据来驱动软件事件。 CCU microcontroller 111 is a data flow machine, where the arrival of data sent to the event-driven software. 精密的系统定时为该数据流提供了结构;但是,软件事件直接从数据流中获得,而不是从系统帧标记中获得。 Precision timing system provides a structure for the data stream; however, software events directly from the data stream, rather than obtained from the system frame tag. 这样的办法允许软件响应“真的”事件(如I/O数据请求)而不是“假的”事件(如系统定时标记)。 Such an approach allows the software in response to "true" event (e.g., I / O requests for data) and not "fake" event (e.g., system timing mark). 为了把前者的同步作用转变为和系统帧定时同步的事件,软件依赖于硬件。 In order to put into effect the former synchronous frame timing synchronization and system events, software hardware dependent. 为此,需要软件保证在系统产生帧之前进行初始化和准备工作。 To do this, you need the software to ensure that before the system is initialized and ready to produce a frame work.

因此,这一点是显然的;当CCU软件没有重负荷时,它被调用以响应事件并在有限的总时间内完成某些测试。 Thus, it is apparent; when CCU software is not heavy, which is called in response to certain events and completed within a total test time limited. 这一实时处理是由中断驱动的,因此在其设计中需仔细考虑。 This real-time processing is interrupt-driven, and therefore need to be carefully considered in their design. 在微控制器上有4个可能会冲突的实时事件:发送DMA服务,接收DMA服务,发送RS-232服务和接收RS-232服务。 The microcontroller has four possible conflict of real-time events: Send DMA service, receive DMA service, send and receive RS-232 RS-232 service service. RS-232中断有最低的优先权,因为他们以每毫秒一次的最大速率出现。 RS-232 interrupts have the lowest priority, because they once every millisecond maximum rate appears. 软件被设计为不会超过一毫秒的时间限制。 Software is designed to take less than a millisecond time limit. 对于话音和RCC数据控制的响应时间是更关键的,这些在下面讨论。 Response time for voice and data control RCC is more critical, these are discussed below.

在发送总线和接收总线上有关的数据传送时序在图23和24中示出。 On the sending bus and receiving bus-related data transfer timing in Figures 23 and 24 are shown. 图中按近似比例描述,并反映了最不利的情况下的定时。 Figure described by the approximate ratio, and reflects the timing of the most unfavorable case. 发送和接收总线时间多路传送的复用特性清楚地表示在图上。 Multiplexing transmission and reception characteristics of the bus time multiplexed clearly shown on FIG. 在发送和接收通道上出现的粗黑的斜线对应于在各自的总线(ts,tRCC)上微控制器的作用范围。 Thick black slashes appearing on sending and receiving channels corresponding to the range of action on the respective bus (ts, tRCC) microcontroller. 在此时间内,各自的DMA控制器120,121是空闲的,在DMA控制器机构之间的短时间周期(tvCB)适应于VCU块传送。 During this time, the respective DMA controller 120, 121 is idle, the DMA controller mechanism between the short period of time (tvCB) adapted to VCU block transfer. 此时DMA控制器用在各自的VCU上。 At this time the DMA controller used in the respective VCU. 余下的时间(tM0,tM1,tM2,tM3)DMA控制器120,121用为调制解调器接口服务。 The remaining time (tM0, tM1, tM2, tM3) DMA controller is used as a modem interface services 120,121.

调制解调器接口上的重复计时的FIFO堆栈128,129产生出包含在时序图中的主要时序限制条件。 Repeat on the timing of the modem interface FIFO stack 128, 129 produce mainly contained in the timing diagram timing constraints. FIFO堆栈保持16个码元,以便在下溢(TX)或上溢之前提供一毫秒的缓冲时间。 FIFO stack holding 16 symbols, so that the underflow (TX) before overflow or buffer to provide a millisecond time. 在这1毫秒内,CCU能用发送或接收总线107,108完成从VCU来或到VCU去的数据块传送,或把数据复制到本地RAM中。 In a millisecond, CCU can be sent or received 107,108 completed bus to or from VCU VCU went to a data block transfer, or copy the data to a local RAM.

在接通电源时,CCU软件执行一个内部自测试并使VCU,调制解调器和RPU置于备用状态。 At power, CCU software performs an internal self-test and VCU, modem and RPU placed on standby. 微控制器111监视系统帧定时并开始执行数据块传送,以便允许VCU获得同步。 The microcontroller 111 monitors the system frame timing and performs a data block transfer, in order to allow the VCU obtain synchronization. 一旦开始数据传送,微控制器111使用DMA数据块结束中断保持系统定时。 Once the data transfer, the microcontroller 111 block of data using DMA end interrupt maintain system timing. 该中断信息直接与CCU的数据通过量相关。 This interrupt information directly related to the amount of the CCU data. 因而也与16KHz码元时钟130相关。 Thus the symbol clock 130 and 16KHz related. 作为数据块结束中断的结果,VCU通过由微控制器111产生的DMA传送请求在内部保持系统定时。 As a result of the data block end interrupt, VCU by the DMA transfer by the microcontroller 111 requests generated internally to maintain system timing. 微控制器111继续监视帧定时,用以保证维持适当的系统操作。 The microcontroller 111 continues to monitor frame timing, in order to ensure the maintenance of proper system operation.

在用户台上,系统启动也需要无线电同步信号。 In the user table, the system also needs to start the radio synchronization signal. 这是通过确定RCC的位置并从中获得系统定时而完成。 This is done by determining the position of the RCC system and derive the timing and completion. 一旦建立起接收定时,微控制器111从基地台建立发送定时。 Once established reception timing, the microcontroller 111 to establish the transmission timing from the base station.

数据传送模块支持CCU中的实时事件和背景数据传送事件。 CCU data transfer module supports the real-time events and background data transfer events. 数据传送是对发送数据通道,接收数据通道,发送BCC和接收BCC进行。 Data transfer is sending data channel to receive the data channel, sending and receiving BCC BCC conducted. 所有这些任务都是要求实时响应的中断驱动事件。 All of these tasks are interrupt-driven real-time response requirements of the event. 该模块还执行同步信号的获取和监视,作为一个背景任务。 The module also monitors the implementation of access and the synchronization signal, as a background task.

当发送DMA控制器120请求服务时,调用发送数据通道的处理程序。 When sending a DMA controller 120 requests a service, call handler sends the data channel. 这一般发生在DMA数据块传送之后,在传送时,DMA外围请求一个数据块传送结束的中断信息。 This usually occurs after the DMA block transfer, at the time of the transfer, DMA peripheral requests a block of data transfer end interrupt information. 该中断在8031型微控制器111的二根外部中断线的任意一根上接收。 The external interrupt in the second root 8031 microcontroller 111 and any one of the received disconnection. 由该中断请求的服务取决于数据传送的类型(RCC或话音)和在时隙内发生的时间。 The interrupt request from the data transfer depends on the type of service (RCC or voice) and occurred at a time within the time slot.

在每时隙周期内,发送数据通道的中断发生在可预测的时刻。 In each slot cycle, transmission data channel interrupt occurs in a predictable time. 中断次数和持续时时间如图23,24所示。 Time and duration of interruptions as shown in Figure 23 and 24. 每次发生中断,需要微控制器111为下一数据块的传送将DMA外围设备初始化。 Every time an interrupt occurs, the microcontroller 111 needs to transmit the next data block of the DMA peripheral initialization. 从中断请求到中断完成这一操作将在150μs内完成。 From the interrupt request to interrupt completion of this operation will be completed within 150μs. 就RCC数据来说,首次服务请求需要微控制器111在DMA传送前将发送缓冲器110中的RCC消息格式化。 On RCC data, the first service request requires the microcontroller 111 before the DMA transfer is sent RCC message formatter buffer 110. 该操作必须在900μs内完成。 This operation must be completed within 900μs. 因为在发送通路上的操作通常是简短的并需要快速响应,该中断被给予最高优先权。 Because the operation on the transmission path is typically a short and fast response is required, the interrupt is given the highest priority.

从发送数据通道的中断处理器来的唯一输出是VCU块传送之后收集VCU状态字。 From the transmission channel data processor to interrupt only output is collected after the VCU VCU status word block transfer. 该状态字由BBM控制模块中的软件进行分析。 The status word is analyzed by BBM control module software.

当接收DMA控制器121要求服务时,调用接收数据通道处理程序。 When the DMA controller 121 receives the request for service, calls received data channel handler. 这一般发生在DMA块传送之后,在传送时,DMA外围引用块传送结束中断信息。 This usually occurs after the DMA block transfer, at the time of the transfer, DMA block transfer end interrupt peripheral referenced information. 在8031微控制器111的二根中断线中的任意一根上接收该中断。 In 8031 two broken roots microcontroller 111 and any one receiving the interrupt. 由该中断请求的服务取决于数据传送类型(RCC或话音)和在时隙内发生的时间。 The interrupt request from the data transfer depends on the type of service (RCC or voice) and occurred at a time within the time slot.

在每个时隙周期内,接收数据通道的中断发生在可预测的时刻。 In each slot cycle, the received data channel interrupt occurs in a predictable time. 中断次数和持续时间如图23,24所示。 The number and duration of interruption shown in Figure 23 and 24. 每次发生中断时,要求微控制器111为下一个数据块传送,而将DMA控制器121初始化。 Each time an interrupt occurs and the microcontroller 111 for the next data block transfer, and the DMA controller 121 is initialized. 如果DMA初始化是执行的唯一任务,则从中断请求到中断完成,这些操作将在150μs内执行。 If DMA initialization is the only task execution, from the interrupt request to the interrupt is completed, these operations will be performed within 150μs. 就RCC数据来说,最后的服务请求需要微控制器111在DMA传送之后把RCC信息从接收缓冲器115中复制到本地RAM中。 On RCC data, the final service request requires the microcontroller 111 to RCC information copied from the receive buffer 115 after the DMA transfer to the local RAM. 这一操作也必须在900μs内完成。 This operation must be completed within 900μs. 因为在这一时间内可能产生发送通道的服务请求,所以接收通道的中断优先级低于这些发送通道的中断优先级。 Because it may generate service requests channel during this time, so the receiving channel interrupt a lower priority than the transmit channel interrupt priority. 在每个VCU块传送之后,接收数据通道的中断处理器使VCU状态字变量可以被获得。 VCU after each block transfer, the data channel processor receives the interrupt enable VCU status word variables can be obtained. 该状态字由BBM控制模块分析。 The status word is analyzed by the BBM control module. 处理器也从通道中读新的RCC消息。 Processors also read a message from the new RCC channel. 然后在BCC收发模块中解释该消息。 Then interpret the message in the BCC transceiver module.

BCC接收模块由在片RS-232通用异步接收发送器(UART)实现。 BCC received by the receiver module chip RS-232 Universal Asynchronous Transmitter (UART) implementation. UART能够产生一个内部中断,任何时候接收一个字节或发送一个字节时就启动该内部中断。 The UART can generate an internal interrupt at any time upon receiving a byte or send a byte to start the internal interrupts. BCC处理器查询一个状态位,以确定二种情况中哪一种产生的中断,并进行对相应端口的服务。 BCC handler polls a status bit to determine the interruption of two cases which generated and the corresponding service port.

波特率产生器设计成额定速率9600波特,产生每秒最多1920次中断。 Baud rate generator is designed to rated speed of 9600 baud, up to 1920 times per second, an interrupt is generated. 为避免数据损失,每个中断必须在1毫秒周期内完成服务。 To avoid data loss, each interrupt service must be completed within one millisecond cycle. 因为一般的中断频率很低,而响应时间相对较长,所以BCC数据传送中断具有较低的优先权。 Because the general interrupt frequency is low, and the response time is relatively long, so the BCC data transmission has a lower priority interrupt.

在数据被分别接收和发送时,BCC数据传送处理器使用数据排队和离队指示器。 Respectively, when receiving and sending data, BCC data transfer processor usage data queuing and leaving the indicator. 这里只发生链路级处理,包括字节填充和信息未端插入。 Here occur only link-level processing, including byte padding and information not end into. 这些动作在系统接口说明中述叙。 These actions are referred to Syria in the system interface specification.

在BCC收发模块中的数据处理很少。 Data BCC transceiver module processing rarely. 它的主要任务是在控制发送、接收和BCC数据通道的同时,使数据排队和离队。 Its main task is to control sending, receiving and BCC data channels simultaneously, so that the data queue and leave. 下面述叙的数据同步信息的探测和监视包括BCC收发模块的主要处理功能。 Syria described below detection and monitoring data synchronization information including key processing functions BCC transceiver module.

同步字检测意味着在码元水平上的同步操作。 Sync word detection means in the synchronization symbol level. 单词“同步字”是一个广义词,对于RCC中的唯一字和话音通道中的编码字均适用。 The word "sync word" is a broad term for the RCC unique word and the code word voice channels are applicable. 唯一字(UW)是固定的八位字模式,被置于RCC信息的开始处。 A unique word (UW) is fixed octet mode, is placed at the beginning of RCC information. 一个编码字通常是置于话音通道开始处的八种可能的8位模式中的任何一种。 A code word is usually placed at the beginning of the voice channel eight possible 8-bit mode any one. 除了它们的同步作用之外,编码字用来指示连接状态功率调节和范围调节。 In addition to their role in the synchronization code word used to indicate connection status and power adjustment range adjustment.

基本的CCU必须彻底地核对每个时隙中有效的RCC信息。 The basic CCU must thoroughly check each slot RCC valid information. 它以主系统定时为基准,通过在标定的UW位置附近3个码元的一个窗口内对唯一字进行扫描来执行这一任务。 It is the primary system timing reference, through a window in the vicinity of the position calibration UW 3 symbols of the unique word is scanned to perform this task. 搜索算法从标定的唯一字位置开始并向左和右移动一个码元直到(1)找到UW模式和(2)核实了一个正确的RCC检验和。 Search algorithm from the unique word position and the calibration of the left and right start moving until a symbol (1) to find the UW pattern and (2) to verify a correct RCC checksum. 若(1)和(2)被满足或所有可能的位置都已找完,则立即结束搜索。 If (1) (2) are satisfied or all possible positions and have been looking for completion, then immediately ends the search. 在成功的搜索之后,移位信息,RCC消息和功率信息被送到RPU。 After a successful search, shift information, RCC message and power information is sent RPU.

在每个话音时隙中,基地台CCU在接收的话音数据中检测一个有效编码字。 In each speech time slot, the base station CCU detects a valid code word in the received speech data. 因为在话音操作期间未进行有效的码元同步,所以只检测标定的编码字位置。 Since during a voice operation is not effective symbol synchronization, so only code word detected calibration position. 如果连续五帧都没有检测到编码字,通道被宣告脱离同步,并将该状态通知RPU。 If five consecutive frames are not detected code word, the channel is declared out of sync, and the status notification RPU. 这时由RPU采取任何适当的动作。 Then take any appropriate action by the RPU. 在连续五帧中有三次成功的编码字检测之后同步定义为已恢复。 In five consecutive frames have three successful synchronization code word is defined as recovery after detection.

当接收RCC数据时,用户台CCU能处于两种方式之一:“帧搜索”或“监视”。 When receiving RCC data, subscriber station CCU can be in one of two ways: "Frame Search" or "monitoring." 帧搜索方式被用于从输入RCC数据中获取接收帧定时,当失去接收RCC同步时,自动调用帧搜索方式。 Frame search mode is used to obtain the input is received from the RCC frame timing data, when receiving RCC lose synchronization, automatic call frame search. 无论何时只要已经获得接收帧同步,就进入监视方式。 Whenever receive frame synchronization has been obtained, it enters the monitoring mode.

在帧搜索方式中,用户台CCU必须在每次RCC时隙之后全面地检查有效的RCC信息。 In the frame of the search, the user station CCU must thoroughly inspect and effective information after each RCC RCC slot. 像基地台CCU那样,它根据从调制解调器调幅空隙检测中获得的时标,在标定的UW位置附近3个码元的一个窗口内对唯一字进行扫描,以执行这一任务。 Like the base station CCU as it according to the time stamp obtained from the modem AM gap detection, within a window calibration UW position near 3 symbols of the unique word scanned to perform this task. 搜索算法从标定的UW位置开始,向左和右移动一个码元直到(1)找到UW模式和(2)核实到正确的RCC检验和。 Search algorithm from calibration UW position, and left and right to move one symbol until (1) find UW mode and (2) to verify the correct RCC checksum. 一旦(1)和(2)被满足或所有可能的位置都已找完,就立即停止搜索。 Once (1) (2) is satisfied, or all possible positions and are looking for complete, immediately stop the search. 从成功的搜索中得到的移动信息被用来调节CCU产生的接收帧标记。 Mobile information obtained from successful search is used to adjust the CCU generated receive frame marker. 当上述(1)和(2)在连续三帧中都满足并且UW是在其标定位置时,探测即终止。 When the above (1) and (2) in three consecutive frames are satisfied and the UW is in its nominal position, the detection is terminated. 在帧捕获发生时将其通知STU。 Frame capture occurs when it notified STU. 在帧搜索方式期间,RCC信息不送给STU。 During the frame search mode, RCC information is not sent to STU.

当完成帧探测时,用户台CCU进入监视方式。 When finished frame detection, the subscriber station CCU enters monitoring mode. 只检测标定的UW位置以避免可能的虚假UW探测。 UW position detection calibration only to avoid possible false UW detection. 如果连续五帧检测不到UW,则宣告通道脱离同步并进入帧搜索方式。 If not detected for five consecutive frames UW, the channel is declared out of sync and into the frame search. 将该同步脱离状态通知STU。 The synchronization status notifications from the STU. 在监视方式期间,具有正确检验和的RCC信息和SIN数不断地送到STU中。 During the monitoring mode, with the correct information and inspection and the RCC SIN number to keep in STU.

在每个话音时隙期间,用户台CCU在接收数据中检测正确的编码字。 During each speech time slot, the subscriber station CCU detect the correct code word in the received data. 因为在话音操作期间,未进行有效的码元同步,所以只检测标定的编码字位置。 Since during a voice operation, are not effective symbol synchronization, so only code word detected calibration position. 在这个通道方向上对所有可能的编码字进行搜索。 In this passage direction for all possible code word search. 编码字将引起用户台的功率和范围值递增变化。 Code word will cause the subscriber station power and range values incremental change. 递增的范围变化能够实际导致码元变化以及分数的范围值变化。 Incremental actual range of variation can lead to changes in the value range of the symbols change and scores. 如果连续五帧没有检测到编码字,则宣告通道脱离同步,并将该情况通知STU。 If not detected for five consecutive frames encoded word is declared out of sync channel and notify the STU. 在连续的五帧中有三帧具有成功的编码字检测之后,即定义同步已被恢复。 There are three frames after the code word has successfully detected, namely the definition of synchronization has been restored in five consecutive frames.

附加的CCU条件在发送缓冲器110和调制解调器19,30a之间的发送DMA传送请求必须从FIFO堆栈128的满位中得到。 CCU additional conditions between the transmit buffer 110 and modem 19,30a of DMA transfer request must be sent from the FIFO stack full of 128 bits. 这意味着当完成DMA块传送时FIFO堆栈128总是满的。 This means that when completed DMA block transfer FIFO stack 128 is always full.

在调制解调器19,30a和接收缓冲器115之间的接收DMA传送请求必须从堆栈129的空位中得到。 19,30a between the modem and the receive buffer 115 receives the DMA transfer request must be obtained from a stack of 129 vacancies. 这意味着当完成DMA块传送时FIFO堆栈129总是空的。 This means that when completed DMA block transfer FIFO stack 129 is always empty.

CCU控制器软件提供了启动DMA传送的入口,但外部控制必须提供交换信息以便启动和维持数据块传送。 CCU controller software provides access to start DMA transfer, but the external control the exchange of information must be provided in order to initiate and maintain a data block transfer. 这对调制解调器接口是特别重要的,该接口中帧定时是关键。 This is particularly important for the modem interface, the interface in the frame timing is critical.

微控制器111应能控制住DMA传送。 The microcontroller 111 should be able to control the DMA transfer. 在块传送期间,软件并不企图使用DMA总线,除非施加这种控制或DMA外围闲置。 During block transfer, the software does not attempt to use the DMA bus, unless exert such control or DMA peripheral idle.

重复计时FIFO堆栈128,129将周期地自动清除(复位)。 Repeat the cycle timing 128,129 FIFO stack automatically cleared (reset).

帧定时信息对微控制器111必须是可利用的。 Frame timing information to the microcontroller 111 must be available. 该信息可取得码元时钟的形式输入到微控制器内部计时器。 This information can be obtained in the form of a symbol clock input to the microcontroller internal timer.

当RCC或话音信息包被CCU同步接收时,不需要用码元移位将信息包移到字节的边界。 When the RCC or voice packets are synchronized CCU receives, without shifting the information package to byte boundaries with symbols. 这在应用时不必考虑调制级。 This is not necessary to consider in the application of the modulation level.

调制解调器调制解调器以三种操作方式中的一种方式来工作。 Modem Modem three operating modes in a way to work. 在基地台,调制解调器执行全双工发送和接收功能。 In the base station, the implementation of a full-duplex modem to send and receive functions. 在用户台中操作时,调制解调器以半双工方式工作,在一部分TDMA帧时间内发送而在另一部分TDMA帧时间内接收。 Operation when the user station, the modem in half-duplex mode work, and another portion received in the TDMA frame period within a portion of a TDMA frame transmitted in time. 第三种方式是自适应训练模式。 The third way is adaptive training patterns. 一种调制解调器设计容纳了所有这些功能。 A modem designed to accommodate all of these features. 调制解调器响应于来自控制CCU的键控信号而执行相应的功能。 Modem response to the implementation of the corresponding function key signal from the CCU control.

用户台调制解调器30a和基地台调制解调器19是相同的。 The subscriber station and base station modem 30a modem 19 is the same. 调制解调器方块图见图25。 Modem block diagram shown in Figure 25.

调制解调器发送器部分包括一个TX码元滤波器132,数模(D/A)转换器133,200KHz带通滤波器134,混频器135和TX(发送器)定时控制电路136。 The modem includes a transmitter section TX symbol filter 132, digital to analog (D / A) converter 133,200KHz band-pass filter 134, mixer 135 and TX (transmitter) timing control circuit 136. 调制解调器接收器部分包括混频器138,模数(A/D)转换器139,FIFO堆栈140和TMS 320型微处理器141。 The modem receiver section includes a mixer 138, analog to digital (A / D) converter 139, FIFO stack 140 and TMS 320 type microprocessor 141.

调制解调器发送器部分以16级PSK调制发送CCU给它的信息。 Modem transmitter portion 16 transmits CCU PSK modulation information fed to it. 在接收侧由CCU确定数据应按DPSK,QPSK或16PSK来解释。 On the receiving side is determined by the CCU data should DPSK, QPSK or 16PSK explained. 调制解调器发送时不知道调制级的情况。 I do not know the situation when the modem sends modulation level.

调制解调器发送器部分完全由硬件实现,并且不需要调整。 Modem transmitter section is fully implemented in hardware, and does not require adjustment. 从CCU接收的码元被编码,它们相应的波形被整形以提供良好的抗干扰特性并且没有幅度或群延迟失真。 Received from the CCU symbols are encoded, their respective waveforms are shaped to provide good anti-jamming features and no amplitude or group delay distortion. 假定所使用频带的邻近频带内(在50~100KHz之内)不存在强列的干扰信号,(高于信号功率密度约30~40db)则这种原则是合理的。 Assumed (in the 50 ~ 100KHz's) absence of strong interfering signals column (higher signal power density of about 30 ~ 40db) This principle is used within a reasonable band adjacent bands. 调制解调器发送器部分使用相对较宽的中频(IF)滤波(100KHz),以便发送的信息没有幅度或群延迟失真,还把数字滤波器产生的叠加在基带上的某些谐音滤掉。 The modem transmitter section uses a relatively wide intermediate frequency (IF) filter (100KHz), there is no information to be transmitted to the amplitude or group delay distortion, also some chime superimposed digital filter generated in baseband filtered.

TX码元滤波器132是一个固定系数的数字FIR(有限脉冲响应)滤波器。 TX symbol filter 132 is a fixed coefficient digital FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filter. 该滤波器132模拟六极点滤波器,在FIR滤波器中保留的每6个码元中,每个码元有50个样本点的采样速率。 The analog filter 132 six-pole filter, remain in the FIR filter every six symbols, each symbol has a sampling rate of 50 sample points.

调制解调器从它相应的CCU中以每秒16K码元的速率接收码元。 Modem receives symbols from its respective CCU per second at a rate of 16K symbols. 然后,这些码元被转换为DPSK码,通过接线143输入FIR滤波器132。 Then, the symbols are converted to DPSK code, the input of the FIR filter 143 via connection 132. 在输入FIR滤波器之前,FIR算法要求每隔一个码元进行一次反相。 Before entering the FIR filter, FIR algorithm requires every symbol once inverted. DPSK编码使用格雷码。 DPSK encoded using Gray code. 这保证如果接收的码元有错误,那么到接收编码译码器的两个码元将很可能仅在一位上有错误。 This ensures that if a received symbol has an error, then the decoder receives the encoded two symbols will most likely have only one error on.

FIR滤波器132的脉冲响应在6T(T=1/16KHz)上被截尾。 Impulse response of the FIR filter 132 in 6T (T = 1 / 16KHz) on the truncated. FIR滤波器以800KHz速率对码元采样,这样使每个码元停留在滤波器内的5T时间内被采样50次。 FIR filters to 800KHz sampling rate of the symbol, which is sampled 50 times so that each symbol stays in the filter 5T time. 这等于3T/25的采样速率,其中采样周期是T/25,因此以每3T/25周期输出样本。 This is equal to the sampling rate of 3T / 25, wherein the sampling period is T / 25, and therefore every 3T / 25 cycle output samples. 输出被交错以使在任何时候只有第一和第四,第二和第五,或第三和第六样本对重叠。 Outputs are staggered so that at any time, only the first and fourth, second and fifth, or third and sixth samples overlap. 每一个这种T/25长度的样本实际上被分为两个部分,在采样周期的前半部,计算输出的I部分,而在采样周期的后半部,计算输出的Q部分。 Each of these T samples / 25 length is actually divided into two parts, in the first half of the sampling period, to calculate the output of the I part, and in the latter half of the sampling period, the Q output of the calculation section. 这样,FIR滤波器输出数据的实际速率是5016KHz=800KHz。 Thus, the actual rate FIR filter output data is 50 16KHz = 800KHz. I和Q采样有半个采样周期的交错。 I and Q samples staggered half a sampling period. 这由FIR滤波器132校正。 This is corrected by the FIR filter 132.

在FIR 132中代表码元与脉冲响应相乘以及这两个乘数相加的信号由线144上的8K8ROM响应于线143上接收的码元而提供。 Representative symbol of the impulse response of the FIR 132 and multiplied in the multiplier sum of these two signals provided by the line 144 8K 8ROM response received on line 143 symbols.

FIR滤波器132以800KHz速率在线144上输出10位数字样本。 FIR filter 132 to 800KHz rate on the output line 144 10 digital samples. 然后这些值被送到D/A转换器133,以产生线145的模拟波形。 These values are then supplied to D / A converter 133 to produce an analog waveform line 145. 该波形是被发送码元时间共享的I和Q波形。 This waveform is time-shared transmission symbols I and Q waveforms. 在线145上的该共享波形由200KHz带通滤波器134滤波,然后经过线146送入混频器135中。 The shared by the waveform on line 145 200KHz band pass filters 134 filter, and then through line 146 into the mixer 135. 混频器的本地振荡器输入是在线147上的20MHz IF频率信号。 Local oscillator input of the mixer is online 20MHz IF frequency signals on 147. 因此I和Q分量向上变换到20.2MHz,成为在线148上的中频(IF)输出信号。 Thus I and Q components of upconversion to 20.2MHz, become intermediate frequency (IF) output signal on line 148. 在线148上的输出信号通过20.2MHz带通滤波器(图中未示出)送出并供给RFU21、31a。 The output signal on line 148 by 20.2MHz band-pass filter (not shown) is fed and supplied RFU21,31a.

所希望的D/A转换器134输出信号的中心频率为200KHz带宽约32KHz。 The center frequency of the desired D / A converter 134 output signal is 200KHz bandwidth about 32KHz. 通过用20MHz乘200KHz波形,输出的波形将I和Q样本与IF频率的Sin和Cos分量进行混合,这样,20MHz信号能够直接乘输出波形并且精密分量的乘积将被自动处理。 Sin and Cos component by multiplying 200KHz waveform, a waveform with a 20MHz output I and Q samples are mixed with the IF frequency, so that, 20MHz signal can be directly output waveform and multiplying the product of precision components will be handled automatically. 因此不需要离散的Sin(IF)/cos(IF)发生电路去乘从D/A中得到的I/O样本,如同在接收机中。 So no discrete Sin (IF) / cos (IF) generation circuit to multiply obtained from D / A of the I / O sample, as in the receiver. 这还取消了在混频器中从基带到混频器输出的传送隔离。 It also canceled in the mixer output to the mixer from the base of the transmission isolation.

存储在发送FIR滤波器132中的输出数据被计算出以便修正由于在I和Q时间值中1/50T的差别而产生的任何误差。 The output data stored in the transmission of the FIR filter 132 is calculated so as to correct any errors due to the difference in the I and Q time value 1 / 50T is generated. 并且,在RFU(图28和29)中IF滤波器将两个值加在一起以形成正确的发送波形,因为IF滤波器的带宽相对比IF频率小。 Further, in RFU (Fig. 28 and 29) in the IF filter will add the two values together to form the correct transmission waveform, because the IF filter bandwidth is relatively smaller than the IF frequency.

在调制解调器接收部分中,混频器138将经过20MHz带通滤波器(图中没有表示)从线150上的RFU接收到的模拟波形与151上的20MHz IF信号混合,将该模拟信号向下转换为线152上的基带。 In the modem receiving section, the mixer 138 will pass 20MHz band-pass filter (not illustrated) 20MHz IF signal received from the RFU mixing line 150. The analog waveform 151, down-converting the analog signal on line 152 to baseband. 然后用A/D转换器139把模拟信号转换到线153上的数字信号,该数字信号在FIFO堆栈140中缓冲,以便由微处理器141处理。 Then A / D converter 139 converts the analog signal to a digital signal on the line 153, the digital signal in the FIFO buffer stack 140, so that the processing by the microprocessor 141. 微处理器141完成接收到的数字信号的频率和位跟踪,还进行FIR滤波并将信号解调为二进制码元流,该二进制码元流在线154上送给CCU。 The microprocessor 141 is completed and the bit frequency tracking of the received digital signal, further FIR filtering and a binary signal is demodulated symbol stream, the binary symbol stream on line 154 to the CCU.

除了调制解调器处理的模拟和数字的数据信号外,有些控制和状态信号被送进和送出调制解调器。 In addition to the modem processing analog and digital data signals, some of the control and status signals are sent in and out of the modem. 这些信号通常从CCU送到调制解调器。 These signals are usually sent to the modem from the CCU. 调制解调器还将控制信号送到RFU,以便控制如发送功率水平,频率,AGC和分集式天线交换等功能。 Modem also a control signal to RFU, to control transmit power level, frequency, AGC, and diversity antenna switching, and other functions.

调制解调器接口如图26,27所示。 Modem interface as shown in Figure 26 and 27. 调制解调器从CCU接收它的大部分输入。 Modem receives most of its inputs from the CCU. 其它输入来自RFU和定时单元。 Other input from the RFU and timing unit. 调制解调器的输入如下:以下的连线将信号从CCU 18,29送入调制解调器19,30a; Modem, enter the following: The following link will be sent to the modem signal from CCU 18,29 19,30a;

TXDATA线156传送由调制解调器发送的4位码元(对QPSK是2位,BPSK是1位)。 TXDATA line 156 transmitted by modem to send 4-bit symbols (for QPSK is 2, BPSK is one). MOD BUS 157是双向微处理器总线,它提供送往或来自调制解调器的控制/状态信息。 MOD BUS 157 is a two-way microprocessor bus, it provides rushed or control / status information from the modem. MOD WR线158将控制信号送往进入调制解调器的锁存MOD总线。 MOD WR line 158 to the control signal to the latch into the modem MOD bus. MOD RD线159传送的控制信号将调制解调器的状态及其它信息放到MOD总线上,以便传送到CCU 18,20中去。 Control signal 159 transmitted MOD RD line modem status and other information placed on the MOD bus for transmission to the CCU 18,20 go. MOD RESET线160传送控制信号将调制解调器复位。 MOD RESET line 160 to reset the modem to transmit control signals. MOD ADD线161将地址信号送往不同存储单元,以便锁存调制解调器内部的值。 MOD ADD lines 161 to the address signals sent to different storage units, in order to latch the value of the internal modem. TX SOS线162传送一个信号以开始一个TX时隙的发送。 162 transmits a signal TX SOS line to begin a transmission slot TX. RX SOS线163传送一个信号以开始接收一个RX时隙。 163 sends a signal RX SOS line to begin receiving an RX slot.

IF RECEIVE线165从RFU 21、31a将一个IF接收频率输入信号传送到调制解调器19,30a中。 IF RECEIVE line 165 will receive an IF frequency from the RFU 21,31a input signal to the modem 19,30a.

以下连线将信号从STIMU 35送到调制解调器19。80MHz线167传送80MHz ECL时钟信号。 The following link will signal to the modem cable from STIMU 35 167 19.80MHz 80MHz ECL clock signal transfer. 在用户台,类似的信号由一个定时单元(图中没有表示)提供给调制解调器30a。 In the subscriber station, a similar signal is provided by a timing unit (not shown) to the modem 30a. 16KHz线168传送用于基地台的主TX CLK信号。 16KHz line 168 TX CLK signal is used to transfer the main base station. SOMF线从STIMU传送基地台的总启动帧信号。 SOMF STIMU transfer line from the base station always start frame signal. 这些信号不在调制解调器使用,而是送给CCU 18、29。 These signals are not using the modem, but gave CCU 18,29.

以下连线将信号从调制解调器19、30a送到CCU 18、29。 The following link will signal sent from the modem 19,30a CCU 18,29. TX CLK线171传送一个16KHz时钟信号,该信号为CCU提供码元发送定时。 TX CLK line 171 transmits a 16KHz clock signal, which provides for the CCU symbol transmission timing. 码元由该时钟的上升沿记入调制解调器。 By the rising edge of the clock symbol credited modem. 在基地台,所有时隙都具有相同的主发送时钟。 In the base station, all slots have the same master transmit clock. 这样从基地台来的所有信号同时被送出。 So that all signals from the base station to be sent simultaneously. 在用户台中,CCU提供的信息由于调制解调器的分数范围延迟使TX CLK有偏差。 User Taichung, CCU information provided modem delay due to the range of scores TX CLK so biased. RX CLK线172传送16KHz时钟信号,该信号从接收信号中获得。 RX CLK 16KHz clock signal transmission line 172, the signal obtained from the received signal. 该信号始终在用户台中提供,但在基地台中仅在控制时隙探测过程中才提供。 The signal is always provided in the user station, but only at the base station control slot before the detection process available. 该时钟信号将接收到的码元定时送给CCU并向CCU提供码元定时。 The clock signal received symbol timing to the CCU CCU to provide symbol timing. RX DATA线173传送4位的接收码元,由RX CLK信号定时。 RX DATA line 173 transmits four reception symbols from RX CLK signal timing. MOD总线157传送来自调制解调器的状态和数据信息。 MOD Bus 157 and transfer data from the modem status information. MOD SOMF将来自STIMU的SOMF信号送往基地台的CCU。 MOD SOMF SOMF signal from the CCU STIMU sent to the base station. AM STROBE线176在用户台探测RCC期间,给CCU一个从高到低变化的粗帧标记。 AM STROBE line 176 during the user station to detect RCC, to the CCU a rough frame marker changes from high to low. 当微处理器141确定调幅空隙的近似位置时,这是一根加上脉冲的一次发送线。 When the microprocessor 141 determines the approximate location of AM gap, which is coupled with a pulse of a transmission line.

以下的连线将信号从调制解调器19、30a送到每个RFU21、31a。 The following link will signal from the modem to each RFU21,31a 19,30a. RFRX总线178是在调制解调器和RFU部分之间的8位总线。 RFRX bus 178 is a portion between the modem and the RFU 8-bit bus. 该总线给RFRX部分传送AGC和频率选择信号。 The bus transfer AGC and frequency RFRX section select signal. 调制解调器控制所传送的AGC值并转送CCU频率选择信息。 Modem control AGC value transferred and transferred to CCU frequency selection information. 频率选择信息由CCU通过MOD总线157送到调制解调器中。 Frequency selection information from the CCU via MOD Bus 157 to the modem. 在训练模式过程中,调制解调器将控制RFRX频率选择。 In the course of the training mode, the modem control RFRX frequency selection. RFTX总线179是在调制解调器和RFU TX部分之间的8位总线。 RFTX bus 179 is between the modem and the RFU TX section 8 bus. 该总线向RFU TX部分传送TX功率水平和频率选择信息。 The bus transfer to the RFU TX section TX power level and frequency selection information. 调制解调器与这些信息无关,因此信息只送给RFTX部分。 This information has nothing to do with the modem, so the information is only sent to RFTX section. RX 80MHzREF线180向RFU RX部分传送一个ECL 80MHz参考时钟信号。 RX 80MHzREF line 180 transmits an ECL 80MHz reference clock signal to the RFU RX section. 到RFU TX部分的TX EN线182传送一个启动RF传输的信号。 To RFU TX section TX EN signal line 182 transmits a start RF transmission. 到RFU RX部分的RX EN线183传送一个启动RF接收的信号。 To RFU RX RX EN line portion 183 transmits a received RF signal to start. AGC WR线184传送一个写选通脉冲将AGC数据锁存到RFU RX部分之中。 AGC WR line 184 transmits a write strobe will AGC data is latched into the RFU RX section being. RX FREQ WR线185传送将频率写入RFU TX部分的写选通脉冲。 RX FREQ WR line 185 will transfer part of the RFU TX frequency write write strobe. PWRWR线186传送写选通脉冲将功率信息锁存到RFU TX部分之中。 PWRWR line 186 transfer write strobe power information being latched into the RFU TX section. PWR RD线187传送读选通脉冲用于从RFU TX部分读出功率信息。 PWR RD line 187 transfer read strobe for reading information from the RFU TX power section. TXFREQ RD线188传送读选通脉冲用于从RFU TX部分读出发送频率。 TXFREQ RD line 188 transfer read strobe for reading the transmission frequency from the RFU TX section. TXFREQ WR线189传送写选通脉冲频率以便写入RFU TX部分。 TXFREQ WR line 189 transfer write strobe frequency to write RFU TX section. IF TRANSMIT线190以IF频率向RFU传送发送信号。 IF TRANSMIT line 190 to send a signal to an IF frequency transfer RFU.

以下连线将信号从调制解调器送到STIMU 35上。 The following signals from the modem to connect the STIMU 35. VCXO总线192是20位数据总线,它同STIMU 35中的VCXO相连,具有频率跟踪的控制信息。 VCXO bus 192 is a 20-bit data bus, which in the same STIMU 35 VCXO is connected, having a frequency of the tracking control information. VCXO WR线向VCXO电路传送写脉冲用于锁存进入VCXO的VCXO总线192。 VCXO WR line VCXO circuit to transmit the write pulse for latching enter the VCXO VCXO bus 192. 在用户台类似的信号从调制解调器30a传送到定时单元(图中未表示)。 In a similar user station transmitting signals from the modem 30a to the timing unit (not shown).

基地台调制解调器操作被分配给一个固定的RF频率。 Operating the base station modem is assigned to a fixed RF frequency. 基地台上的通讯是全双工传送,因此调制解调器的接收和发送将同时进行。 Base table is full duplex communication transmission, so the modem will receive and transmit simultaneously. 一个调制解调器还被分配用作控制频道的调制解调器,这样,只有在分配的控制时隙周期内正在发送的和正在接收的信息具有无线控制信道格式。 A modem, the modem also assigned as a control channel, so that information is being received, and only within the assigned time slot period is transmitted control having a wireless control channel format. 所有来自基地台调制解调器的传输都与线171上16KHz的主TXCLK信号定时。 All transmissions from the base station modem are on the line 171 main TXCLK 16KHz signal timing. 与用户台不同,基地台调制解调器19把调制解调器11中在171线上的主TXCLK信号和在172线上得到的RXCLK信号之间的码元时间分数部分输出到CCu 18。 Different user station, the base station modem 19 modem 11 at symbol time line 171 and the main TXCLK signal RXCLK signal on the line 172 between the fractional portion of the resulting output to CCu 18. 然后在RCC中该信息被送往用户台,这样用户台将使其传送延迟,目的在于在基地台中接收的信号同所有其它的时隙同步。 Then the information is sent to the RCC subscriber station, the subscriber station would make it so that the transmission delay, aimed at the base station the received signal synchronization with all other slots.

当RFU发送零能量信号时,基地台调制解调器19也在控制时隙中发送零能量信号以提供RCC调幅空隙(它产生帧参考信号)。 When the RFU zero energy signal is sent, the base station modem control slot 19 also sends signals to provide a zero energy gap AM RCC (which generates the frame reference signal). RCC传送的这一空载部分用来予置用户台上的RX探测。 This part of the RCC load transmitted to the user to set the stage RX detection.

调制解调器19并不知道在基地台中有4个话音编码译码器。 The modem at the base station 19 does not know there is four speech codec. 这4个话音编码译码器分别是由CCU 18用于四个16PSK用户时隙分配的多路复用。 This four speech codecs are multiplexed by the CCU 18 for four 16PSK user slot allocation. 调制解调器19从CCU 18接收位流并象单个编码译码器用户一样处理该传输。 19 as a single stream and modem codec users deal with the same transmission is received from the CCU 18 bits.

在用户台调制解调器30a中的所有操作是从172线上接收到的RX CLK信号中得到的,该信号是从接收的传输信号中被恢复。 All operations in the modem 30a is a subscriber station is to receive from the line 172 to the RX CLK signal obtained, the signal is restored from the transmission signal received. 该信号作为用户台的主时钟。 The subscriber station signal as a master clock. 到CCu29去的线171上TXCLK信号不是象基地台那样作为主时钟。 CCu29 go on to the signal line 171 TXCLK did not like the base station as the master clock. 它是从线172上的RX CLK信号中得到并按照CCU 29的选择进行分数时间的延迟。 It is derived from the RX CLK on the signal line 172 and subjected to fractional time delay in accordance with selection CCU 29. CCU 29确定来自RCC的延迟。 CCU 29 determines the delay from the RCC. 延迟是由基地台和用户台之间的距离决定。 Delay is determined by the distance between the base station and the subscriber station. 用户台CCU 29将该分数时间信息经MOD总线157送到调制解调器30a。 The subscriber station CCU 29 fractional time information is sent to the modem via MOD Bus 157 30a. 调制解调器30a本身对分数延迟进行计数。 30a modem itself fractional delay counted. CCU 29对线162上延迟了正确的码元数以及插入的TXSOS信号的整数码元延迟进行计数。 CCU 29 the upper line 162 delayed the correct number of symbols and the entire signal is inserted TXSOS digital delay element counted. 该过程将从不同距离的所有用户台到达基地台的信号排齐。 The process from all subscriber stations at different distances to reach the base station signal aligned.

用户台的通讯是半双工传送。 Communications subscriber station is half-duplex transmission. 因而当发送器闲置时,它被禁止。 Thus when the transmitter is idle, it is prohibited. 当没有有效地发送时,调制解调器30a被置为接收方式,这样如果从基地台来的脉冲串到达时,调制解调器能监视所准备的接收信号的增益电平。 When there is no effective transmission, the modem 30a is set to receive mode, so that if the base station to the burst arrives, the modem can monitor the gain level of the received signal prepared.

用户台调制解调器30a不为RU时隙发送AM保护带。 Users modem slot 30a is not sending RU AM protective tape. 由于基地台定义了帧,所以不再需要什么。 Because the base station defines the frame, so what is no longer needed. 与固定频率的基地台调制解调器19不同,用户台调制解调器30a还能用在RFU中的由CCU 29选择的26个频率中的任何一个来发送或接收数据。 With a fixed frequency different from the base station modem 19, a subscriber station can also be used in the modem 30a RFU of 26 frequencies selected by the CCU 29 to send or receive any data.

在调制解调器中有许多延迟源,对系统定时有明显的影响,包括模拟滤波器延迟,传送延迟,FIR滤波器处理延迟等等。 There are many sources of delay in the modem, the timing has a significant impact on the system, including the analog filter delay, transmission delay, FIR filter processing delay and the like. 这些延迟使TX和RX帧相互交错,必须仔细考虑这些相互交错。 These delays make the TX and RX frame intertwined, you must carefully consider these intertwined.

在基地台中162线上的TX SOS信号和基地台首次接收的模拟码元“峰”之间的延迟是+7.4个码元。 The delay between the base station 162 lines TX SOS signal and the first base station received analog symbol "peak" is +7.4 symbols. 因此,在TX和RX时隙之间有个交错。 Thus, between the TX and RX slots have interleaved. 为了将输入相位正确地解码,在“峰”到来之前大约3.5个码元处调制解调器必须开始采样码元。 In order to correctly decode the input phase, before the "peak" of about 3.5 yards yuan arrival at the modem must begin sampling symbols. 因此,在TXSOS信号和RX采样开始之间的交错长度约为4个码元。 Thus, the signal and the RX TXSOS interleave length between the start of the sample is about four symbols.

在基地台,RX时隙大约在TX时隙启动之后4T时启动。 In the base station, RX TX slot after slot about 4T start at startup. RX时隙的启动被定义为一个模拟样本时间,以便检测接收到的第一个“峰”。 RX slot is defined as a start-time analog samples to detect the first received a "peak."

用户台时钟完全从用户台定时单元(图上未表示)的主80MHzVCXO得到。 Subscriber station clock entirely from the subscriber station timing unit (not shown on map) 80MHzVCXO get home. VCXO由调制解调器30a的一根模拟线控制。 VCXO 30a, controlled by an analog modem lines. 从这里计算出全部接收和发送时钟。 From here, all calculated to receive and transmit clock. 然后调制解调器30a把从输入数据流中得到的在172线上的16KHz RX CLK信号送给CCU 29。 The modem 30a is then obtained from the input data stream in line 172 16KHz RX CLK signal to the CCU 29. CCU 29在控制通道中自己检测唯一字并从唯一字和线172上的RX CLK信号中确定帧和时隙标记。 CCU 29 in the control channel and determines its own unique word detection frame and slot tag from the RX CLK signal and the only word on the line 172. 来自调制解调器解调信号中的AM空隙信号通知CCU 29在那里寻找唯一字。 Gap AM demodulated signal from the modem to signal the CCU 29 where the search for the unique word.

在任何一个时隙的接收期间,调制解调器19、30a通过探测进行频率同步然后继续跟踪。 During any one time slot of the receiving modem 19,30a performed by detecting the frequency synchronization and then continue to follow. 在用户台中,VCXO由微处理器141通过D/A转换器直接控制。 In the subscriber stations, VCXO is directly controlled by the microprocessor 141 through the D / A converter. 微处理器频率探测和跟踪算法计算出保持同步所必须的VCXO中的变化量。 Microprocessor frequency detection and tracking algorithm to calculate the amount of change necessary to keep pace in the VCXO.

在基地台中,位于STIMU 35中的OCXD是固定的并起系统主时钟的作用。 In the base station, located in 35 OCXD STIMU is fixed and play the role of the master clock system. 因此在接收中将不产生频率偏移。 Therefore, the reception will not generate a frequency offset.

在任何一个时隙接收期间,调制解调器19,30a还在接收数据流的比较同步箝位上完成位同步。 At any one time slot during the reception, complete modem 19,30a still receive data stream is relatively synchronous clamp bit synchronization. 一个算法执行接收器内的一位跟踪环。 A tracking algorithm performs a loop within the receiver. 微处理器141能控制80MHz VCXO或OCXD的可变分频器,(只在控制时隙解调期间)。 The microprocessor 141 can control 80MHz VCXO or OCXD variable frequency divider (only during the time slot demodulation in the control). 在位跟踪循环之中,微处理器141修改频率划分以便获得位同步。 Track cycling reign among the 141 microprocessor in order to modify the frequency division obtain bit synchronization. 在话音通道接收过程中,该划分值具有16KHz的0.1%大小的差值,但在控制时隙过程中,该值可变化的很大,可多达50%。 In the process of receiving the voice channel, the division value of 0.1% of the size difference between 16KHz, but in the course of the control slot, this value can vary greatly, up to 50%.

在基地台和用户台中帧同步以完全不同的方式处理。 At the base station and subscriber stations in a completely different frame synchronization manner. 在基地台中,主SOMEC调制解调器帧启动信号从线164上的定时单元经调制解调器19传送到线175上的CCU 18中去。 In the base station, the main SOMEC modem frame start signal is transmitted from the timing unit 164 via a modem line 19 on line 175 to the CCU 18 on the go. 这是用于所有基地台传输的主SOMF信号。 This is for all the main SOMF signal transmission base stations. 从该信号和主系统码元的时钟信号中(16KHz),CCU 18能得到所有时隙和帧定时。 The signal from the main system clock signal symbols (16KHz), CCU 18 can get all slot and frame timing.

在用户台,帧同步是由CCU 29通过检测接收到的RCC数据流中的唯一字来做的。 In the subscriber station, frame synchronization is received by the CCU 29 by detecting the RCC unique word in the data stream to do. 当初始探测时,调制解调器30a在176线上提供一个单个脉冲的近似帧标记(AM STROBE)在探测期间,调制解调器30a在RCC中搜索AM HOLE(调幅空隙)。 When the initial probe, the modem 30a provides a single pulse of approximately 176 line frame marker (AM STROBE) During the probe, the modem 30a searching AM HOLE (AM gap) in RCC. 如果检测到AM HOLE,调制解调器30a在几帧内对AM HOLE计数并在176线上把AM STRDBE标记送到CCU 29的AM HOLE的帧位置上。 If it detects AM HOLE, modem 30a AM HOLE few frame count of 176 lines in the AM STRDBE mark CCU AM HOLE position to frame 29 on. CCU 29用该选通标记建立原始的帧标记计数器(开窗口)。 CCU 29 mark established by the strobe marker original frame counter (open window). 为了精密的帧同步,该帧标记计数器能用CCU软件修正。 For precise frame synchronization, the frame counter can mark CCU software correction. 这也表示已检测到AM HOLE并需要RCC。 This also indicates that the detected AM HOLE and needs RCC.

时隙同步是在CCU 18、29的控制下。 Slot synchronization is under the control of CCU 18,29. 线162上的TXSOS和在线163上的RX SOS信号是对调制解调器19,30a的命令,用于开始传送或接收时隙。 TXSOS and RX SOS signal on line 163 on line 162 is the modem 19,30a command for starting transmission or reception time slot. 这些信号分别与线171上的TX CLK信号和线172上的RX CLK信号同步。 These signals are synchronized with the RX CLK signal line 172 and TX CLK signal on line 171.

自适应方式是一个循环反馈的状态。 Adaptive approach is a feedback loop state. 调制解调器进入接收器的数字滤波器参数的训练用以校正任何接收模拟滤波器可能由于时间或温度影响而造成的退化影响。 Training modem into the receiver's digital filter parameters for the correction of any degradation affects reception of analog filters may be due to time or temperature effects caused. 通过RF单元由环路送回发送数据并接收一个在接收器内的已知模型来进行分析。 Back through the RF unit transmits and receives data by a known model of the loop within the receiver to be analyzed. 在5个约束条件的拉格朗日系统上使这些参数优化。 Optimization of these parameters on the five Lagrangian system constraints. 这些条件是(1)接收数据流,(2)延迟0.05T的数据流,(3)超前0.05T的数据流,(4)以相邻的上信道来的数据流,(5)从相邻的下一信道来的数据流。 These conditions are (1) the received data stream, (2) delayed data stream 0.05T, and (3) ahead of 0.05T data stream, (4) in the channel adjacent to the data stream (5) from the adjacent next channel data stream.

在训练期间,微处理器141将一串32个码元长度的训练模式提供给143线上的TX FIR滤波器131。 During training, the microprocessor 141 will be the length of a string of 32 symbols of the training patterns to the 143 line TX FIR filter 131. 这经过FIFO堆栈(图中没有表示)来进行,在训练方式期间FIFO堆栈被启动。 After this FIFO stack (not shown) is performed, during the training mode FIFO stack is started. 超前/延迟由接收位跟踪电路进行,它将两个数据流交错0.05T。 Advance / delay by the receiving location tracking circuit that two data streams interleaved 0.05T.

CCU 18,29将调制解调器置入训练方式,以便允许调制解调器发送器部分从调制解调器插件板上的FIFO堆栈中读专门的训练数据。 CCU 18,29 modem into training mode to allow the modem to send a special training section reads data from the FIFO stack plug the modem board. 为进行某些测试,接收器部分将被超前或延迟。 For some tests, the receiver section will be advanced or delayed. 当处理完成时,调制解调器传送一个状态信息给CCU 18,29,表明系数已计算。 When the process is completed, the modem sends a status message to the CCU 18,29, showed coefficients have been calculated. 此时,CCU 18、29通过将调制解调器置为正常工作状态来对其进行测试并写出一组模式。 At this point, CCU 18,29 by the modem is set to normal operating conditions to test it and write a set of patterns. 命令RFU21、31a循环返回,并读出返回数据和有效性等测试。 Command RFU21,31a loop back and read the return data and validity tests.

在由Eric Pareth,DONid N.Critchlow和Moshe Yehvshua发明的题为《用于用户射频电话系统的调制解调器》的美国专利4764940中进一步描述了该调制解调器,该专利公开的内容结合在此作为参考。 By Eric Pareth, DONid N.Critchlow and entitled Moshe Yehvshua invention "for the user of modem radio telephone system" of U.S. Patent No. 4,764,940 further describes the modem, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.

RF/IF单元(RFU)和天线接口在基地台和用户台中,RFU子系统提供调制解调器和天线之间的通讯通道的链路。 RF / IF unit (RFU) and antenna interface provides the link between the modem and antenna subsystem communication channel at the base station and subscriber stations, RFU. RFU超振幅和频率的线性转换器作用,对通道的数据和调节特性来说本质上是可通过的(tsansparent)。 RFU super linear converter effect amplitude and frequency, and adjustment of the data channel characteristic is essentially passable (tsansparent).

用户台的天线接口电路见图28。 Subscriber station antenna interface circuit shown in Figure 28. RFU控制逻辑电路192通过天线接口电路与发送天线32和三个接收天线32a、32b和32c连&